Jee Physics-2019 Extractor PDF

CONTENTS
SI NAME OF THE EXAM DATE OF EXAM SHIFT PAGE NO.

NO.
01. JEE ADVANCED PAPER-I 27.05.2019 AFTERNOON 1
02. JEE ADVANCED PAPER-II 27.05.2019 MORNING 18
03. JEE MAIN 12.04.2019 AFTERNOON 35
04. JEE MAIN 12.04.2019 MORNING 53
Page 1
JEE Advanced Exam 2019

(Paper & Solution) Date : 27 / 05 / 2019
PAPER-2
PART-I (PHYSICS)
SECTION – 1 (Maximum Marks : 32)
 This section contains EIGHT (08) questions
Each question has FOUR options. ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is (are) correct
option(s).
For each question, choose(s) corresponding to (all) the correct answer(s).
Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme :
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the correct option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen, both
of which are correct options.
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the option is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).
Negative Marks : –1 In all other cases.
Three glass cylinders of equal height H = 30 cm and same refractive index n = 1.5 are placed on a
Q.1
horizontal surface as shown in figure. Cylinder I has a flat top, cylinder II has a convex top and cylinder
III has a concave top. The radii of curvature of the two curved tops are same (R = 3m). If H1, H2 and H3
are the apparent depth of a point X on the bottom of the three cylinders, respectively, the correct
statement (s) is / are –
(1) 0.8 cm < (H2 – H1) < 0.9 cm (2) H3 > H1

(3) H2 > H3 (4) H2 > H1
Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Page 2
Ans. [3, 4]
Sol. For fig. I
H 30
H1 = = = 20 cm
1.5 1.5
1 1.5 1  1.5
 
 H 2  30  300
For fig. II
1 1 .5 1 \ 2 1
  
 H 2 30  300 600
1 1 .5 1 1  1  29
   1   
H 2 30 600 20  30  600
H2 = 20.6 cm.
For fig. III
1 1 .5 1  1 .5
 
 H 3  30  300
1 1 1
  
H 2 20 600
600
= = 19.3
31
H2 – H1 = 20.6 – 20 = 0.6
H2 > H1, H3 < H1, H2 > H3
p0
Q.2 An electric dipole with dipole moment ( î + ˆj ) is held fixed at the origin O in the presence of an
2
uniform electric field of magnitude E0. If the potential is constant on a circle of radius R centred at the
origin as shown in figure, then the correct statement (s) is/are : (0 is permittivity of free space R > >
dipole size)

(1) Total electric field at point B is E B = 0

(2) Total electric field at point A is E A = 2 E 0 ( î  ˆj)
1/ 3
 p0 
(3) R =  
 4 0 E 0 
(4) The magnitude of total electric field on any two points of the circle wil be same.

Page 3
Ans. [1,3]
Sol.
E0
2kp0/R3
A
P0
45°
ETangential at all points on circle should be zero to make potential to be constant

2kp 0
EA =  E 0 = 2E0 + E0 = 3 E0
R3
kp
EB = 0  30  E 0
R
1 1
kp  kp  3  p0 3
E0 = 30  R =     
R  E 0   4 0 E0 
Q.3 A thin and uniform rod of mass M and length L is held vertical on a floor with large friction. The rod is
released from rest so that it falls by rotating about its contact-point with the floor without slipping.
Which of the following statement (s) is/are correct, when the rod makes an angle 60º with vertical ?
[g is the acceleration due to gravity]
2g
(1) The angular acceleration of the rod will be
L
3g
(2) The radial acceleration of the rod's center of mass will be
4
3g
(3) The angular speed of the rod will be
2L
Mg
(4) The normal reaction force from the floor on the rod will be .
16
Ans. [2,3,4]
Sol.

L/2
Mg
L ML2
 = I (Mg) sin   
2 3
3g
 sin 
2L
3g 3 3 3g
At = 60°  
2L 2 4L

Page 4
L L 3 3g 3 3g
aT=  =
2 2 4L 8
2
 L L  1  ML  2 MgL ML2 2
Mg         
 2 4  2  3  4 2 3
3g
2     3g / 2L
2L
L L 3g 3g
Radial acceleration ac = 2  
2 2 2L 4
3g 3 3g 3g 3 3g 3
averticaal =cos 60  sin 60  
4 8 8 8 2
3g  3  15g
= 1 
8  2  16
15g Mg
Mg – N = M 
16 16
Q.4 In a Young's double slit experiment, the slit separation d is 0.3 mm and the screen distance D is 1m. A
parallel beam of light of wavelength 600 nm is incident on the slits at angle  as shown in figure. On the
screen, the point O is equidistant from the slits and distance PO is 11.0 mm. which of the follownig
statement(s) is/are correct ?
0.36
(1) For  = degree, there will be destructive interference at point O

(2) For  = 0, there will be constructive interference at point P
0.36
(3) For  = degree, there will be destructive interference at point P.

(4) Fringe spacing depends on .
Ans. [3]
P
d
Sol.

d sin 

Page 5
dy
Path difference at p = dsin  small sin 
D
dy
= d
D
 1110 3 
= (0.3 × 10–3)   
 1 
 0.36  
3  10 4   1110 3  3
Option (3)   180   10 1310 3  13
 
600 10 9 2 2
 13
  6.5 desttructive interferace.
 2
 3  104  11 103 11
(2)     5.5(Destructive)
 6  10 7 2
 d 3  104  2  103 6  107
    1(Constructi ve)
   6  107

Q.5 A mixture of ideal gas containing 5 moles of monatomic gas and 1 mole of rigid diatomic gas is initially
at pressure P0, volume V0, and temperature T0. If the gas mixture is adiabatically compressed to a
volume V0/4, then the correct statement(s) is/are, (Given 21.2 = 2.3 ; 23.2 = 9.2 : ; R is gas constant)
(1) The final presure of the gas mixture after compression is in betwen 9P0 and 10P0.
(2) The work |W| done during the proces is 13 RT0.
(3) Adiabatic constant of the gas mixture is 1.6.
(4) The average kinetic energy of the gas mixture after compression is in betwen 18RT0 and 19RT0.
Ans. [1,2,3]
n1C p1  n 2Cp 2
Sol.  mix 
n1C V1 n 2 C V 2
3R 5R
Cv l  Cp1 
2 2
5R 7R
Cv 2  Cp 2 
2 2
 5R   7R 
5   (1) 
= 
2   2   32R / 2  8
 3R   5R  20R / 2 5
5   (1) 
 2   2 

V 
P0 V0  P 0  P  P0 (4)  P  P0 ( 4)8 / 5  9.2P0
 4 
PV P V
W= 1 1 2 2
 1
V0
P0 V0  ( 4)8 / 5 P0
= 4
8
1
5
 1  43 / 5   1.29
= P0 V0    P0 V0  2.15 P0 V0
 3 / 5  0 .6

Page 6
|W| = 2.15 (6) RT0 = 13RT0
8
9P0 < Pf < 10P0 |W| = 13 RT0   1 .6
5
f 2 f 1
KE = nRT  1  
2 f 2  1
f 1  V  5  9.2  6RT0
= PV  (9.2P0 ) 0  
2 3/ 5  4  33  4
= 23RT0 options : (1) (2) (3)
Q.6 A small particle of mass m moving inside a heavy, hollow and stright tube along the tube axis
undergoes elastic collision at two ends. The tube has no friction and it is closed at one end by a flat
surface while the other end is fitted with a heavy movable flat piston as shown in figure. When the
distance of the piston from closed end is L = L0 the particle speed is v = v0. The piston is moved inward
dL
at a very low speed V and such that V << v0, where dL is the infinitesimal displacement of the
L
piston. Which of the following statement (s) is/are correct ?
(1) The particle's kinetic energy increases by a factor of 4 when the piston is moved inward from L0 to
1
L0 .
2
(2) After each collision with the piston, the particle speed increases by 2V.
(3) The rate at which the particle strikes the piston is v/L.
dL
(4) If the piston moves inward by dL, the particle speed increases by 2v .
L
Ans. [1,2]
Sol.
V0 V e = 1 Vap = Vsep
V  = small
V0 +2V
1 V
Frequency of Collision =  0
2L / V0 2 L
Speed of particle After 1st collision = V0 + 2 V
Speed of particle After 2nd collision = V0 + 4 V
Speed of particle After nth collision = V0 + 2 nV
L /2
time taken by piston to move L0/2 = 0
V
V0 L 0 L 0 V0
no of collision =  
2 L 2V 4 LV

Page 7
dL V0 dL
For dL displacement t N
V 2L0 V
 V dL  V dL
Speed = V0 + 2  0 V  V0  0
 2L0 V  L
Option (1) and (2)
Q.7 Ablock of mass 2M is attached to a massless spring with spring-consant k. This block is connected to
two other blocks of masses M and 2M using two massless pulleys and strings. The accelerations of the
block sare a1, a2 and a3 as shown in the figure. The system is released from rest with the spring in its
unstretched state. The maximum extension of the spring is x0. Which of the following ooptin (s) is/are
corect ? [g is the accelration due to gravity. Neglect friction]
x0
(1) When spring achieves an extension of for the first time, the speed of the block connected to the
2
M
spring is 3g .
5k
4 Mg
(2) x0 =
k
x0
(3) At an extension of of the spring, the magnitude of acceleration of the block connected to the
4
3g
spring is .
10
(4) a2 – a1 = a1 – a3
Ans. [4]
a a
Sol. ap = 2 3 or a2 – a1 = a1 – a3
2
Also
2T
2T
m  2m 2m
Reduced mass = =
m  2m 3
2m1m 2 4m
Tension = geff = geff
m1  m 2 3
4m
2T = 2 × geff
3

Page 8
2T 8m

g eff 3
2m
8m
3
8m 1
. x0g + = k x 02
3 2
16 mg
x0 =
3k
Energy conservation
8m x 0 1 x 20 1
g  k  (2m)v2
3 2 2 4 2
2
16mg 4mg 1  16mg  2 4m 2
 k   mv  v
3k 3 8  3k  3
32 m 2 g 2 7
 mv2
9 k 3
2
32 mg
v2 =
21 k
32 mg
v= g
21 k
Q.8 A free hydrogen atom after absorbing a photon of wavelength a gets excited from the state n = 1 to the
state n = 4. Immediately after that the electron jumps to n = m state by emitting a photon of wavelegnth
0. Let the change in momentum of atom due to the adsorption and the emission are pa and pe,
1
respectively. If a/e = , which of the option (s) is/are correct ? [Use hc = 1242 eV nm; 1nm = 10–9 m,
5
h and c are Planck's consatnt and speed of light, resepctively]
(1) e = 418 nm
1
(2) The ratio of kinetic energy fo the electron in the sate n = m to the state n = 1 is .
4
(3) m = 2
1
(4) pa/pe =
2
Ans. [2,3]
1
Sol. 
E
2
1 1
 
 m 2  4  1
 2

e 1 5
1  
4
1 1 1 15 3
2
   
m 16 5 16 16
1 4
2
 m2
m 16

Page 9
hc 1 1 
 13.6   
e  4 16 
1240  12 
 13.6 
e  16  4 
1240  16  4
e   487 nm
12  13.6
1 KE m  2 1
KE  2  
n KE m 1 4

This section contains SIX (06) questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE.
For each question, enter the correct numerical value using the mouse and the on-screen virtual numeric
keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. If the numerical value has more than two decimal places,
truncate/round-off the value ot TWO decimal places.
Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme.
 Full Marks : +3 If ONLY the correct numerical value is entered as answer.
Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases.
Q.1 A 10 cm long perfectly conducting wire PQ is moving with a velocity 1 cm/s on a pair of horizontal
rails of zero ressistance. One side of the rails is connected to an inductor L = 1 mH and a resistance R =
1 as shown in figure. The horizontal rails, L and R lie in the same plane with a uniform magnetic field
B = 1T perpendicular to the plan. If the key S is closed at certain instant, the current in the circuit after 1
millisecond is x × 10–3 A, where the value of x is ………. .
[Assume the velocity of wire PQ remains constant (1 cm/s) after key S is closed. Given : e–1 = 0.37,
where e is base of the natural logarithm]
Ans. [0.63]
Sol.
 10 
E = vB = (10–2 m/s)  –3
 (1) = 10 volt
 100 
L 103

i = i0 1  e  t /   =
R

1

Page 7
dL V0 dL
For dL displacement t N
V 2L0 V
 V dL  V dL
Speed = V0 + 2  0 V  V0  0
 2L0 V  L
Option (1) and (2)
Q.7 Ablock of mass 2M is attached to a massless spring with spring-consant k. This block is connected to
two other blocks of masses M and 2M using two massless pulleys and strings. The accelerations of the
block sare a1, a2 and a3 as shown in the figure. The system is released from rest with the spring in its
unstretched state. The maximum extension of the spring is x0. Which of the following ooptin (s) is/are
corect ? [g is the accelration due to gravity. Neglect friction]
x0
(1) When spring achieves an extension of for the first time, the speed of the block connected to the
2
M
spring is 3g .
5k
4 Mg
(2) x0 =
k
x0
(3) At an extension of of the spring, the magnitude of acceleration of the block connected to the
4
3g
spring is .
10
(4) a2 – a1 = a1 – a3
Ans. [4]
a a
Sol. ap = 2 3 or a2 – a1 = a1 – a3
2
Also
2T
2T
m  2m 2m
Reduced mass = =
m  2m 3
2m1m 2 4m
Tension = geff = geff
m1  m 2 3
4m
2T = 2 × geff
3

Page 11
n
sinC =
3
sin 3 sin (75 – c)
1
 = 60°, = sin(75 – c)
2
sin30° = sin(75 – c)
75 – c = 30  c = 45°
n 1 3 3
 n =  n2 =
3 2 2 2
n2 = 1.50
Q.4 An optical bench has 1.5 m long scale having four equal divisions in each cm. While measurnig the
focal length of a convex lens, the lens is kept at 75 cm mark of the scale and the object pin is kept at 45
cm mark. The image of the object pin on the other side of the lens overlaps with image pin that is kept at
135 cm mark. In this experiment, the percentage error in the measurement of the focal length of the lens
is ……………….. .
Ans. [1.38 or 1.39]
1cm
Sol. Least Count =
4
Object distance u = ulens – upin  du = du1 + du2
1 1 1
= 75 – 45 = 30 cm du =  
4 4 2
1
dv =
2
v = (135 – 75)cm = 60 cm
1 1 1 1 1 1
    
v u f 60  30 f
f = 20 cm
dv du df 1/ 2 1/ 2 df
2
 2  2 2
 2

v u f ( 60) (30) ( 20) 2
1  6 1 
df = × 400  2
 
2  (60) ( 30) 2 
5
= ×2
36
df 10 / 36 50
× 100 = × 100 = = 1.388
f 20 36
Q.5 A ball is thrown from ground at an angle  with horizontal and with an initial speed u0. For the resulting
projectile motion, the magntiude of average velocity of the ball up to the point when it hits the ground
for the first time is V1. After hitting the ground, the ball rebounds at the same angle  but with a reduced
speed of u0/. Its motion continues for a long time as shown in figure. If the magnhitude of average
velocity of the ball for entire duriation of motion is 0.8 V1, the value of  is …………… .

Page 10
103
=
1
 3
1  e 10 / 10
3

 1
= 10–3 1   = 0.63×10–3
 e
226 222
Q.2 Suppose a 88 Ra nucleus a rest and in ground state undergoes -decay to a 86 Rn nucleus in its excited
222
state. The kinetic energy of the emitted a particle is found to be 4.44 MeV. nucleus then goes to
86 Rn
its ground state by -decay. The energy of the emitted  photon is ………….. keV.
226 222
[Given : atomic mass of 88 Ra = 226.005 u, atomic mass of 86 Rn = 222.000 u, atomic mass of 
particle = 4.000 u, 1 u = 931 MeV/c2, c is speed of the light]
Ans. [135]
226 222 * 4
88 Ra  86 Rn  2 He
Sol. 4.44 MeV
222
86 Rn +  decay
Mass defect m = (226.005) – [222.000 + 4.000]
= 226.005 – 226.000 = 0.005
Q – value = 0.005 × 931.5 = 4.6575 MeV
1
PRn   PHe  KE 
m
( KE) Rn m 4.000 4
    (KE)Rn = × 4.44 MeV
( KE )  m Rn 222.000 222
(KE)Rn 0.08 MeV
Energy of  particale = 4.65 – [4.44 + 0.08]
= 0.135 MeV
= 135 KeV
Q.3 A monochromatic light is incident from air on a refracting surface of a prism of angle 75º and refractive
index n0 = 3 . The other refracting surface of the prism is coated by a thin film of material of refractive
index n as shown in figure. The light suffers total internal reflection at the coated prism surface for an
incidence angle of  60º. The value of n2 is …………… .
Ans. [1.5]
Sol.
75° n

C
75–C

Page 11
n
sinC =
3
sin 3 sin (75 – c)
1
 = 60°, = sin(75 – c)
2
sin30° = sin(75 – c)
75 – c = 30  c = 45°
n 1 3 3
 n =  n2 =
3 2 2 2
n2 = 1.50
Q.4 An optical bench has 1.5 m long scale having four equal divisions in each cm. While measurnig the
focal length of a convex lens, the lens is kept at 75 cm mark of the scale and the object pin is kept at 45
cm mark. The image of the object pin on the other side of the lens overlaps with image pin that is kept at
135 cm mark. In this experiment, the percentage error in the measurement of the focal length of the lens
is ……………….. .
Ans. [1.38 or 1.39]
1cm
Sol. Least Count =
4
Object distance u = ulens – upin  du = du1 + du2
1 1 1
= 75 – 45 = 30 cm du =  
4 4 2
1
dv =
2
v = (135 – 75)cm = 60 cm
1 1 1 1 1 1
    
v u f 60  30 f
f = 20 cm
dv du df 1/ 2 1/ 2 df
2
 2  2 2
 2

v u f ( 60) (30) ( 20) 2
1  6 1 
df = × 400  2
 
2  (60) ( 30) 2 
5
= ×2
36
df 10 / 36 50
× 100 = × 100 = = 1.388
f 20 36
Q.5 A ball is thrown from ground at an angle  with horizontal and with an initial speed u0. For the resulting
projectile motion, the magntiude of average velocity of the ball up to the point when it hits the ground
for the first time is V1. After hitting the ground, the ball rebounds at the same angle  but with a reduced
speed of u0/. Its motion continues for a long time as shown in figure. If the magnhitude of average
velocity of the ball for entire duriation of motion is 0.8 V1, the value of  is …………… .

Page 14
Ans. [2]
1 T
Sol. f0 =
2L0 
1 T0
String (1) f0 = P
2 L0 
1 T0 f
String (2) f2 =  0 R
2 L0 2 2
1 T f
String (3) f3 =  0 S
2L0 3 3
1 T f0
String (4) f4 =  Q
2 L0 4 2
I  P, II  R, III  S, IV  Q
Q.2 Answer the following by appropriately matching the lists based on the inforamtion given in the
paragraph.
A musical instrument is made using four different metal strings, 1, 2, 3 and 4 with mass per unit length
, 2, 3 and 4 resopectively. The instrument is played by vibrating the strings by varying the free
length in between the range L 0 and 2L0. It is found that in string-1 () at free length L0 and tension T0
the fundamental mode frenecy is f0.
List-I gives the above four stirngs while list-II lists the magnitude of some quantity.
LIST-I LIST-II
(I) String-1 () (P) 1
(II) String-2 (2) (Q) 1/2
(III) String-3 (3) (R) 1/ 2
(IV) String-4 (4) (S) 1/ 3
(T) 3/16
(U) 1/16
3L 0 5L 0 7 L0
The length of strings 1, 2, 3 and 4 are kept fixed at L0, , and , respectively. String 1, 2, 3
2 4 4
and 4 are vibrated at their 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 14th harmonics, respectively such that all the strings have same
frequency. The correct match for the tension in the four strings in the untis of T0 will be.
(1) I  P; II  Q, III  T ; IV  U
(2) I  P; II  Q, III  R ; IV  T
(3) I  T; II  Q, III  R ; IV  U
(4) I  P; II  R, III  T ; IV  U
Ans. [1]
1 T
Sol. f0 =
2L0 
3 T2 1 1 T2 1 T0
f0 =  
 3L  2 2 L0  2L0 
2 0 
 2 
T0
T2 =
2

Page 12
Ans. [4]
Total displaceme nt
Sol. Vavg =
Time taken
 u0 u 
cos  0 sin  
 u 0 cos  u 0 sin     
2   2   ......
 g   g 
=  
u0
2 sin 
2u 0 sin 
   .....
g g
 1 1 1 
u 0 cos 1  2  4  .....  2 m 
    
=
1 1 1
1   2  .....  m
  
m
 1 1 
1   2  4  ..... 
= V1  
1 1
 1   2  ..... 
   
 1 
 1   2 
1 2   2 
= V1     v1    1 
 1    
 1     1 
 1   
 2   1 
Vavg = V1  2  V1
  1    1

0.8V1 = V1 =   = 0.8 + 0.8
 1
0.2 = 0.8
=4
Q.6 A perfectly reflecting mirror of mass M mounted on a spring constitues a spring-mass system of angular
4MW
frequency  such that = 1024 m–2 with h as Planck's constant. N photons of wavelength  = 8
h
× 10–6 m strike the mirror simultaneously at normal incidence such that the mirror gets displaced by
1m. If the value of N is x × 1012, then the value of x is …………… . [Consider the spring as massless]

Page 16
Ans. [1]
T0 RT0 2
Sol. (1) W123 = nR n2 + 0 = n 1P
3 3
(2) dU123 = dU12 + dU23
= 0 + nCv dT
3R  T 
=0+1×  T0  0  = RT0
2  3
2R
(3) dQ123 = dQ12 + dQ23
RT0
= n2 + nCV dT
3
RT0
= n2 + RT0
3
RT0
= (n2 + 3)
3
3T
(4) dQ12 = dW
RT0
= n2
3
4P
Q.4 Answer the following by appropriately matching the lists based on the inforamtion given in the
paragraph.
In a thermodynamic process on an ideal monoatomic gas, the infinitesimal heat absorbed by the gas is given
by TX, where T is temperature of the sytsem and X is the infinitesimal change in a thermodynamic
3  T   V 
quantity X of the system. For a mole of monatomic ideal gas X = R ln  + R ln   . Here, R is gas
2  TA   VA 
constant, V is volume of gas, TA and VA ar constants.
The List-I below gives some quantities invovled in a oproces and List-II gives some possible values of
these quantities.
LIST-I LIST-II
(I) Work done by the (P) 1
RT0ln2
system in process 1  3
23
(II) Change in internal (Q) 1
RT0
energy in process 1  3
23
(III) Heat absorbed by the (R) RT0
system in process 1 
23
(IV) Heat absorbed by the (S) 4
RT0
system in process 1  3
2
(T) 1
RT0 (3 + ln 2)
3
(U) 5
RT0
6

Page 17
If the process carried out on one mole of monatomic ideal gas is as shown in the PV-diagram with
1
P0V0 = RT0, the correct match is.
3
(1) I  Q; II  R, III  S ; IV  U
(2) I  Q; II  S, III  R ; IV  U
(3) I  S; II  R, III  Q ; IV  T
(4) I  Q; II  R, III  P ; IV  U
Ans. [1]
Sol. (1) W123 = W12 + W23
= PdV + 0
RT0
= P0 V0 =
3
(2) dU123 = dU12 + du23
= nCv (T3 – T1)
3
= n R(T3 – T1)
2
3
= (RT3 – RT1)
2
3
= (3P0V0 – P0V0) = 3 P0V0 = RT0
2
2R
(3) dQ123 = dQ12 + dQ23
= nCp (T2 – T1) + nCV (T3 – T2)
5 3
= (RT2 – RT1) + (RT3 – RT2)
2 2
5 3
= (2P0V0 – P0V0) + (3P0V0 – 2P0V0)
2 2
5 3 4
= P0V0 + P0V0 = 4P0V0 = P0V0
2 2 3
3S
5
(4) dQ12 = 5P0V0 = RT0
6
4U

Page 18
JEE Advanced Exam 2019

(Paper & Solution) Date : 27 / 05 / 2019
PAPER-1
PART-I (PHYSICS)
This section contains FOUR (04) questions
Each question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of these four options is correct answer.
For each question, choose the correct option corresponding to the correct answer.
Full Marks : +3 If ONLY the correct option is chosen.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).
Q.1 Consider a spherical gaseous cloud of mass density (r) in free space where r is the radial distance from
its center. The gaseous cloud is made of particles of equal mass m moving in circular orbits about the
common center with the same kinetic energy K. The force acting on the particle is their mutual
gravitational force. If (r) is constant in time, the particle number density n(r) = (r)/m is
[G is universal gravitational constant]
3K K K K
(1) (2) (3) (4)
r 2 m 2 G 2r 2 m 2 G r 2 m 2 G 6r 2 m 2 G
Ans.[2]
Sol. Let the mass of cloud = M
Consider a particle at distance r from c.o.m.
GMm mv 2
  ……(1)
r2 r
1 2
Given that mv  K
2
2 2K
v =
m
Put the value in equ.(1)

Page 19
GM 2K
= v2 =
r m
2Kr
M=
Gm
Differentiating it
dM 2K

dr Gm
Put dM = mass of element = (4r2dr)
2K
4r2 =
Gm
2K K
 = 2
=
Gm( 4r ) 2r 2Gm
 K
=
m 2r Gm 2
2
Q.2 In a radioactive sample, 40

19 K nuclei either decay into stable 40
20 Ca nuclei with decay constant 4.5 × 10–10
per year or into stable 40
18 Ar nuclei with decay constant 0.5 × 10–10 per year. Given that in this sample
all the stable 40
20 Ca and 40
18 Ar nuclei are produced by the 40
19 K nuclei only. In time t × 109 years, if the
40 40 40
ratio of the sum of stable 20 Ca and 18 Ar nuclei to the radioactive 19 K nuclei is 99, the value of t will
be- [Given ln 10 = 2.3]
(1) 2.3 (2) 9.2 (3) 1.15 (4) 4.6
Ans.[2]
Sol.  = 1 + 2 = 4.5 × 10–10 + 0.5 × 10–10
 = 5.0 × 10–10 per year
N = N0e–t ……..(1)
In time t 99% K decayed
Undecayed
99 N 0 N
N = N0 – = 0
100 100
Put the value in equation (1)
N0
= N0e–t
100
( 2.303)  2
t=

4 .6 4 .6
t = = ×1010 years
 5
4.6  1010
= t ×109
5
4.6  1010 46
t= 9
= = 9.2
5  10 5

Page 20
Q.3 A thin spherical insulating shell of radius R carries a uniformly distributed charge such that the potential
at its surface is V0. A hole with a small area 4R2 ( << 1) is made on the shell without affecting the
rest of the shell. Which one of the following statements is correct ?
V0
(1) The magnitude of electric field at the center of the shell is reduced by
2R
1
(2) The ratio of the potential at the center of the shell to that of the point at R from center towards the
2
1 
hole will be
1  2
(3) The magnitude of electric field at a point, located on a line passing through the hole and shell's
V0
center, on a distance 2R from the center of the spherical shell will be reduced by
2R
(4) The potential at the center of the shell is reduced by 2V0
Ans.[2]
KQ
Sol. Potential at surface = V0 =
R
+Q
Small element of area 'da' is removed charge on element dq = da

Q
dq = da
4R 2
Q
= 2
( 4R 2 )
4R
dq = Q
Potential at center now
kQ k( dq )
V' = – = V0 (1 – )
R R
kQ
Initially V = V0 =
R
Decrease in potential = V0 – V0(1– )
= V0
R
Potential at distance from center
2
R
2
P
O
KQ 2 Kdq KQ
VP = – = (1  2) =V0(1 – 2)
R R R
V 1 
Therefore C =
VP 1  2

Page 21
Q.4 A current carrying wire heats a metal rod. The wire provides a constant power (P) to the rod. The metal
rod is enclosed in an insulated container. It is observed that the temperature (T) in the metal rod
changes with time (t) as T(t) = T0(1 + t1/4), where  is a constant with appropriate dimension while T0
is a constant with dimension of temperature. The heat capacity of the metal is-
4P (T( t )  T0 ) 3 4P (T ( t )  T0 ) 4P (T( t )  T0 ) 4 4P (T( t )  T0 ) 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
 4 T04  4 T02  4 T05  4 T03
Ans.[1]
Sol. Heat Q = ms dT
dQ msdT
 Power P = =
dt dt
dT
 P = ms … (1)
dt
T = T0(1 +  t1/4)
dT T0 –3/4
= t put the value in (1)
dt 4
  T0 – 3 / 4 
 P = ms  t 
 4 
4P 4P 3 / 4
Heat capacity = ms = = t … (2)
T0 t – 3 / 4 T0
T – T0
t1/4 =
T0
(T – T0 )3
 t3/4 = put the value in (2)
T03 3
4P [T – T0 ]3 4P (T – T0 )3
Heat capacity = =
T0 T03 3 4 T04

This section contains EIGHT (08) questions
Each question has FOUR options. ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is (are) correct
option(s).
For each question, choose(s) corresponding to (all) the correct answer(s).
Full Marks : +4 If only (all) the correct option(s) is (are) chosen.
Partial Marks : +3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY three options are chosen.
Partial Marks : +2 If three or more options are correct but ONLY two options are chosen, both
of which are correct options.
Partial Marks : +1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one option is chosen and it is a
correct option.
Zero Marks : 0 If none of the option is chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).

Page 22
Q.1 A charged shell of a radius R carries a total charge Q. Given  as the flux of electric field through a
closed cylindrical surface of height h, radius r and with its center same as that of the shell. Here, center
of the cylinder is a point on the axis of the cylinder which is equidistant from its top and bottom
surfaces. Which of the following option(s) is/are correct ? [0 is the permittivity of free space]
(1) If h > 2R and r > R then  = Q/0 (2) If h < 8R/5 and r = 3R/5 then  = 0
(3) If h > 2R and r = 3R/5 then  = Q/50 (4) If h > 2R and r = 4R/5 then  = Q/50
Ans.[1,2,3]
Sol. (1) h > 2R, r > R
qen = Q
Q
=
0
8R 3R
(2) h < ,r=
5 5
h < 1.6 R
6
2r = R = 1.2 R
5
=0
37º 4R
5
53º
4R
5
(3) h > 2R
 4
= 2 1  
 5
1 2
= 2   =
5 5
Q 2 
qen = 2  
 4 5 
Q Q
= =
5 5 0

Page 19
GM 2K
= v2 =
r m
2Kr
M=
Gm
Differentiating it
dM 2K

dr Gm
Put dM = mass of element = (4r2dr)
2K
4r2 =
Gm
2K K
 = 2
=
Gm( 4r ) 2r 2Gm
 K
=
m 2r Gm 2
2
Q.2 In a radioactive sample, 40

19 K nuclei either decay into stable 40
20 Ca nuclei with decay constant 4.5 × 10–10
per year or into stable 40
18 Ar nuclei with decay constant 0.5 × 10–10 per year. Given that in this sample
all the stable 40
20 Ca and 40
18 Ar nuclei are produced by the 40
19 K nuclei only. In time t × 109 years, if the
40 40 40
ratio of the sum of stable 20 Ca and 18 Ar nuclei to the radioactive 19 K nuclei is 99, the value of t will
be- [Given ln 10 = 2.3]
(1) 2.3 (2) 9.2 (3) 1.15 (4) 4.6
Ans.[2]
Sol.  = 1 + 2 = 4.5 × 10–10 + 0.5 × 10–10
 = 5.0 × 10–10 per year
N = N0e–t ……..(1)
In time t 99% K decayed
Undecayed
99 N 0 N
N = N0 – = 0
100 100
Put the value in equation (1)
N0
= N0e–t
100
( 2.303)  2
t=

4 .6 4 .6
t = = ×1010 years
 5
4.6  1010
= t ×109
5
4.6  1010 46
t= 9
= = 9.2
5  10 5

Page 24
L
 1 ( y) 1 
= B0V0  y    V0
 L  1 0
L
 L 1 
= B0V0 L  
(  1) L  O

 1 
= B0V0L 1  
   1
If  = 0, e = B0V0L[2] = 2B0V0L

eL [2] is correct
 1 4
If  = 2, e = B0V0L 1   = B0V0L [3] is correct
 3 3
If x = y, still length of projection is L

 e same 4 is correct
Q.3 A cylindrical capillary tube of 0.2 mm radius is made by joining two capillaries T1 and T2 of different
materials having water contact angles of 0º and 60º, respectively. The capillary tube is dipped vertically
in water in two different configurations, case I and II as shown in figure. Which of the following
option(s) is(are) correct ? [Surface tension of water = 0.075 N/m, density of water = 1000 kg/m3, take
g = 10 m/s2]
(1) For case I, if the capillary joint is 5 cm above the water surface, the height of water column raised in
the tube will be more than 8.75 cm. (Neglect the weight of the water in the meniscus)
(2) For case I, if the joint is kept at 8 cm above the water surface, the height of water column in the tube
will be 7.5 cm. (Neglect the weight of the water in the meniscus)
(3) For case II, if the capillary joint is 5 cm above the water surface, the height of water column raised
in the tube will be 3.75 cm. (Neglect the weight of the water in the meniscus)
(4) The correction in the height of water column raised in the tube, due to weight of water contained in
the meniscus, will be different for both cases

Page 25
Ans.[2,3,4]
Sol. Case I
2T1
= gh
r
2.(0.075)
h=
gr
2.(0.075)
=
10  10  0.2  10 3
3
= 0.075 m
= 7.5 cm
But capillary joint is at 5 cm from water surface.
 T1 section of the capillary is completely filled.
Now 2.5 cm of the liquid in T1 will take half the length in T2
2 .5
 total length = 5 cm + = 6.25 cm
2
Case II
2T
gh = cos
r
 h = 3.75 cm
In option (4)
End correction will be different.
So option (2), (3) and (4) are correct.
Q.4 Let us consider a system of units in which mass and angular momentum are dimensionless. If length
has dimension of L, which of the following statement(s) is/are correct ?
(1) The dimension of power is L–5 (2) The dimension of linear momentum is L–1
(3) The dimension of energy is L–2 (4) The dimension of force is L–3
Ans.[2,3,4]
1
Sol. m  0, v = = L–1
L
mvr  0 M0
LL L  L
L
 L
T
T = L2
option(1)
Power P = M1L2T–3
= M0L2(L2)–3 = L–4 incorrect
option(2)

Page 26
0 –1
Momentum = mv = M L correct
option(3)
Energy = M1L2T–2
= M0L2L–4  L–2 correct
option (4)
F = M1L1T–2
= M0L1L–4 = L–3 correct
Q.5 A thin convex lens is made of two materials with refractive indices n1 and n2, as shown in the figure.
The radius of curvature of the left and right spherical surfaces are equal. f is the focal length of the lens
when n1 = n2 = n. The focal length is f + f when n1 = n and n2 = n + n. Assuming n << (n – 1) and
1 < n < 2, the correct statement(s) is/are
n f
(1) If < 0 then >0
n f
(2) For n = 1.5, n = 10–3 and f = 20 cm, the value of | f | will be 0.02 cm (round off to 2nd decimal
place)
f n
(3) The relation between and remains unchanged if both the convex surfaces are replaced by
f n
concave surfaces of the same radius of curvature
f n
(4) <
f n
Ans.[1,2,3]
1 1 1 1 1 2
Sol. = (n – 1)   , = + =
f  R  f0 f f f
1 1
= ( n  n  1)
f2 R
1 ( n  1) 1
=  (n  n  1)
f  f R R

Page 27
1 2n n 2
=
f  f R
2( n  1)
f 0  f 0 R f 2( n  1)
= 1+ 0 =
f0 2 n  n  2 f0 2n   n  2
R
f 0  n  10 3 
=  f0 = (20)  3  = 0.02 cm
f0 2n   n  2  3  10  2 
Option (1), (2), (3)
Q.6 In the circuit shown, initially there is no charge on capacitors and keys S1 and S2 are open. The values
of the capacitors are C1 = 10 µF, C2 = 30 µF and C3 = C4 = 80 µF.
Which of the statement(s) is/are correct ?

(1) At time t = 0, the key S1 is closed, the instantaneous current in the closed circuit will be 25 mA
(2) The key S1 is kept closed for long time such that capacitors are fully charged. Now key S2 is closed,
at this time, the instantaneous current across 30  resistor (between points P and Q) will be 0.2 A
(round off to 1st decimal place)
(3) If key S1 is kept closed for long time such that capacitors are fully charged, the voltage across the
capacitor C1 will be 4 V
(4) If key S1 is kept closed for long time such that capacitors are fully charged, the voltage difference
between points P and Q will be 10 V
Ans.[1,3]
Sol.

Page 28
At t = 0, capacitors will be short circuited
5V 30
Req = 200  S1 P
5 1
i= =
200 40
= 0.025 A
70
= 25 mA

(1) is correct Q 100
After long time
40  5
potential at C1  V1= = 4V (3) is correct
50
So (1) and (3) are correct
Q.7 One mole of a monatomic ideal gas goes through a thermodynamic cycle, as shown in the volume
versus temperature (V-T) diagram. The correct statement(s) is/are [R is the gas constant]
(1) The above thermodynamic cycle exhibits only isochoric and adiabatic processes.
1
(2) Work done in this thermodynamic cycle (1  2  3  4  1) is |W| = RT0
2
Q12 5
(3) The ratio of heat transfer during processes 1  2 and 2  3 is =
Q 2 3 3
Q12 1
Q 24 2
Ans.[2,3]
Sol. (1) Isochoric and Isobaric so option (1) is wrong
(2) W = W12 + W23 + W24 + W41
 T0 
= nR(2T0 – T0) + 0 + nR   T0  + 0
 2 
RT0 RT0
=n = is correct
2 2

Page 29
5R
( 2T0  T0 )
Q12 nC P dT12 5
(3) = = 2 = is correct
Q 23 nC V dT23 3R 3
(T0  2T0 )
2
Q12 nC P dT12 2T  T0 2
(4) = = 0 = is wrong
Q 34 nC P dT34 T0 1
 T0
2
Q.8 Two identical moving coil galvanometers have 10  resistance and full scale deflection at 2 µA current.
One of them is converted into a voltmeter of 100 mV full scale reading and the other into an Ammeter
of 1 mA full scale current using appropriate resistors. These are then used to measure the voltage and
current in the Ohm's law experiment with R = 1000  resistor by using an ideal cell. Which of the
following statement(s) is/are correct ?
(1) The resistance of the Ammeter will be 0.02  (round off to 2nd decimal place)
(2) The measured value of R will be 978  < R < 982 
(3) If the ideal cell is replaced by a cell having internal resistance of 5  then the measured value of R
will be more than 1000 
(4) The resistance of the Voltmeter will be 100 k
Ans.[1,2]
Sol. Resistance of galvanometer = 10 
Full deflection current ig = 2 × 10–6 amp.
G1 to voltmeter G2 to Ammeter
V = 100 × 10–3 V
S
G1
ig R
G2
Voltmeter I ig I = 10–3 A
G.i g
V = (G1 + R) ig S=
i  ig
V 10  2  10 6
G1 + R = =
ig 10 3  2  10 6
10 1 10 6 [20]
= = 6
2  10 6 10 [1000  2]
105 20
= 
2 1000  2
= 5 × 104    0.02 
 RV = 5 × 104    (1) is correct
(4) is wrong
(1), (2) are correct

Page 30
truncate/round-off the value to TWO decimal places.
Q.1 A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C has spacing d between two plates having area A. The region
d
between the plates is filled with N dielectric layers, parallel to its plates, each with thickness  = .
N
 m
The dielectric constant of the mth layer is Km = K 1  3
 . For a very large N (> 10 ), the capacitance C
 N
 K 0 A 
is   . The value of  will be _____. [0 is the permittivity of free space]
 d ln 2 
d  x
Sol.[1]  m = x, km = k  1  
 N  d
 x
A 0 k 1  
A 0 k m  d
dC = =
dx dx
d d
1 dx 1 dx
C eq
=   x
= 
A 0 k 0  x 
0 A 0 k1   1  
 d  d
d
1 d  x A 0 k
= n 1    Ceq =
C eq A 0 k  d 0 d n 2
 = 1
Q.2 A block of weight 100 N is suspended by copper and steel wires of same cross sectional area 0.5 cm3
and, length 3 m and 1 m, respectively. Their other ends are fixed on a ceiling as shown in figure.
The angles subtended by copper and steel wires with ceiling are 30º and 60º, respectively. If elongation
l
in copper wire is (lC) and elongation in steel wire is (lS), then the ratio C is _____.
lS
[Young's modulus for copper and steel are 1 × 1011 N/m2 and 2 × 1011 N/m2, respectively]

Page 31
Sol.[2]
30º 60º
T1 T2
100
T1 T2 100
= =
sin 120º sin 150º sin 90º
100 3
T1 = = 50 3
2
T2 = 50
F/A
y=
 / 
F
 =
Ay
T1
C =
0.5  2  1011
 C T 32 50 3  2
= 2 = =2
 B T1 50 3
Q.3 A train S1, moving with a uniform velocity of 108 km/h, approaches another train S2 standing on a
platform. An observer O moves with a uniform velocity of 36 km/h towards S2, as shown in figure.
Both the trains are blowing whistles of same frequency 120 Hz. When O is 600 m away from S2 and
distance between S1 and S2 is 800 m, the number of beats heard by O is __________
[Speed of sound = 330 m/s]

Page 28
At t = 0, capacitors will be short circuited
5V 30
Req = 200  S1 P
5 1
i= =
200 40
= 0.025 A
70
= 25 mA

(1) is correct Q 100
After long time
40  5
potential at C1  V1= = 4V (3) is correct
50
So (1) and (3) are correct
Q.7 One mole of a monatomic ideal gas goes through a thermodynamic cycle, as shown in the volume
versus temperature (V-T) diagram. The correct statement(s) is/are [R is the gas constant]
(1) The above thermodynamic cycle exhibits only isochoric and adiabatic processes.
1
(2) Work done in this thermodynamic cycle (1  2  3  4  1) is |W| = RT0
2
Q12 5
Q 2 3 3
Q12 1
Q 24 2
Ans.[2,3]
Sol. (1) Isochoric and Isobaric so option (1) is wrong
(2) W = W12 + W23 + W24 + W41
 T0 
= nR(2T0 – T0) + 0 + nR   T0  + 0
 2 
RT0 RT0
=n = is correct
2 2

Page 29
5R
( 2T0  T0 )
Q12 nC P dT12 5
(3) = = 2 = is correct
Q 23 nC V dT23 3R 3
(T0  2T0 )
2
Q12 nC P dT12 2T  T0 2
(4) = = 0 = is wrong
Q 34 nC P dT34 T0 1
 T0
2
Q.8 Two identical moving coil galvanometers have 10  resistance and full scale deflection at 2 µA current.
One of them is converted into a voltmeter of 100 mV full scale reading and the other into an Ammeter
of 1 mA full scale current using appropriate resistors. These are then used to measure the voltage and
current in the Ohm's law experiment with R = 1000  resistor by using an ideal cell. Which of the
following statement(s) is/are correct ?
(1) The resistance of the Ammeter will be 0.02  (round off to 2nd decimal place)
(2) The measured value of R will be 978  < R < 982 
(3) If the ideal cell is replaced by a cell having internal resistance of 5  then the measured value of R
will be more than 1000 
(4) The resistance of the Voltmeter will be 100 k
Ans.[1,2]
Sol. Resistance of galvanometer = 10 
Full deflection current ig = 2 × 10–6 amp.
G1 to voltmeter G2 to Ammeter
V = 100 × 10–3 V
S
G1
ig R
G2
Voltmeter I ig I = 10–3 A
G.i g
V = (G1 + R) ig S=
i  ig
V 10  2  10 6
G1 + R = =
ig 10 3  2  10 6
10 1 10 6 [20]
= = 6
2  10 6 10 [1000  2]
105 20
= 
2 1000  2
= 5 × 104    0.02 
 RV = 5 × 104    (1) is correct
(4) is wrong
(1), (2) are correct

Page 30
truncate/round-off the value to TWO decimal places.
Q.1 A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C has spacing d between two plates having area A. The region
d
between the plates is filled with N dielectric layers, parallel to its plates, each with thickness  = .
N
 m
The dielectric constant of the mth layer is Km = K 1  3
 . For a very large N (> 10 ), the capacitance C
 N
 K 0 A 
is   . The value of  will be _____. [0 is the permittivity of free space]
 d ln 2 
d  x
Sol.[1]  m = x, km = k  1  
 N  d
 x
A 0 k 1  
A 0 k m  d
dC = =
dx dx
d d
1 dx 1 dx
C eq
=   x
= 
A 0 k 0  x 
0 A 0 k1   1  
 d  d
d
1 d  x A 0 k
= n 1    Ceq =
C eq A 0 k  d 0 d n 2
 = 1
Q.2 A block of weight 100 N is suspended by copper and steel wires of same cross sectional area 0.5 cm3
and, length 3 m and 1 m, respectively. Their other ends are fixed on a ceiling as shown in figure.
The angles subtended by copper and steel wires with ceiling are 30º and 60º, respectively. If elongation
l
in copper wire is (lC) and elongation in steel wire is (lS), then the ratio C is _____.
lS
[Young's modulus for copper and steel are 1 × 1011 N/m2 and 2 × 1011 N/m2, respectively]

CAREER POINT JEE Main Online Paper
Page 35
JEE Main Online Exam 2019

Questions & Solutions
12th April 2019 | Shift - II
PHYSICS
Q.1 In the given circuit, the charge on 4 µF capacitor will be :
1 µF
4 µF
5 µF
3 µF
10 V
(1) 5.4 µC (2) 9.6 µC (3) 13.4 µC (4) 24 µC
Ans. [4]
Sol.
1 µF
4 µF 4 µF 6 µF
5 µF
Q Q

3 µF
10 V 10 V
Q Q
10 = +
4 6
Q 1 1 Q 5
10 =     10 =    Q  24 µC
2  2 3 2 6
Q.2 A particle is moving with speed v= b x along positive x-axis. Calculate the speed of the particle at
time t = (assume that the particle is at origin t = 0)
b2  b2  b2 
(1) (2) b2 (3) (4)
2 2 4
Ans. [3]
Sol. v= b x
x 
dx
= bx1/2   x –1/ 2 dx =  b dt
dt 0 0

Page 33
Sol.[0.75] A to B
 
W1 = F.dx
= y(dx)
= (–1)(1)(1) = –1
B to C
W2 = –(2ax) dy
= –(2)(–1)(1)(0.5)
= +1
W3 = (–1)(–0.5)(0.5)
1
=
4
1
W4 = 2(–1)(–0.5)(0.5) =
2
 
W5 = F.dx = 0
 
W6 = F.dy = 0
3
Net work = = 0.75 Joule
4

Q.5 A liquid at 30ºC is poured gradually in a calorimeter which is at 110ºC. Boiling temperature of liquid is
80ºC. It is found that first 5 gm of liquid is fully vapourised. After that additional 80 gm quantity of
liquid is adding then equilibrium temperature is reached 50ºC. The ratio of latent and specific heats of
liquid is _______. [Consider neglect heat transfer with surrounding.]
Sol.[270]
Case-I
mSdT + mL = WdT
5 × S × 50 + 5L = 30 W
Case-II
80 × S × 20 = 30 W
1600 S = 30 W
By solving
250 S + 5L = 1600 S
5L = 1350 S
L
= 270
S

Page 37
µ12
cos  = 1– 2
sin 2  … (2)
µ2
µ1
sin(90 – ) >
µ2
µ1
cos  >
µ2
using eq. (2)
µ12 2 µ12
1– sin  >
µ 22 µ 22
µ12 µ12
1 – 2
sin 2  >
µ2 µ 22
µ12  µ2 
sin2 < 1 – 12 
µ 22  µ2 
 µ2   µ2 
 sin2 <  22 – 1    sin –1  22 – 1 
 µ 
 µ1   1 
Q.4 Let a total charge 2 Q be distributed in a sphere of radius R, with the charge density given by (r) = kr, where
r is the distance from the centre. Two charges A and B, of –Q each, are placed on diametrically opposite
points, at equal distance, a from the centre. If A and B do not experience any force, then :
3R
(1) a = 8–1/4 R (2) a = 2–1/4 R (3) a = (4) a = R/ 3
21 / 4
Ans. [1]
Sol. Total charge = 2 Q
Charging density  = kr
Radius = R
dr
a a d(vol.) = 4r2dr
r dq = (d(vol.))
A B a B
R
2
Force on charge at B will  dq =  kq 4r
0
dr
R
be due to charge at A and 2Q = k 4 r 3dr
0
k 4R 4
due to force applied by the 2Q =
4
2Q
charge in sphere k= …(1)
R 4

Page 38
Fsphere FBA
FBA= Fsphere
Force on charge B due to element
k (dq )Q kq ( K 4r 3 )dr
dF = =
a2 a2
a
kQK 4 kQK 4a 2
F=  r 3 dr =
a2 0
4
F = kQKa2
FBA = Fsphere
kQ 2
 = kQ4Ka2  By replace value of K from (1)
( 2a ) 2
Q2 2Q 2 2
= a
4a 2 R 4
R4
 a4 =
8
 a = R 8–1/4
Q.5 A Carnot engine has an efficiency of 1/6. When the temperature of the sink is reduced by 62ºC, its efficiency
is doubled. The temperatures of the source and the sink are, respectively,
(1) 99ºC, 37ºC (2) 124ºC, 62ºC (3) 37ºC, 99ºC (4) 62ºC, 124ºC
Ans. [3]
1
Sol. =
6
Solving eq. (1)
1 TL 1 T – TL
=1– … (1)  = H
6 TH 6 TH
 TH = 6TH – 6TL
1 (T – 62)
= 1– L … (2) 6TL = 5TH
3 TH
6TL
TH =
5
Solving eq. (2)
1 T – (TL – 62)
= H  TH = 3TH – 3TL + 186
3 TH
 2TH = 3TL – 186
6TL
2× = 3TL – 186
5
 12TL = 15TL – 930  3TL = 930
TL = 310 K
TL = 310 – 273 = 37 ºC
Source temp. is higher & sink temp. is lower
6TL 6  310
TH = = = 372 K = 99 ºC
5 5

Page 39
Q.6 A smooth wire of length 2r is bent into a circle and kept in a vertical plane. A bead can slide smoothly on
the wire. When the circle is rotating with angular speed  about the vertical diameter AB, as shown in figure,
the bead is at rest with respect to the circular ring at position P as shown. Then the value of 2 is equal to -

A
r
O
r/2 P
3g
(1) (g 3 ) / r (2) 2g/r (3) (4) 2g /( r 3 )
2r
Ans. [4]
Sol.

m2 r sin
N 2
 m2 r
 2
mgsin+ m2 r cos
2
r/2  mgcos

mgsin
mgcos
r
m2 sin = mgcos
2
2g
 2=
r tan 
3r 2
2 2
r – r /4 4 = 2g
tan  = = 3 2 =
r/2 r 3r
2
Q.7 A plane electromagnetic wave having a frequency v = 23.9 GHz propagates along the positive z-direction in
free space. The peak value of the Electric Field is 60 V/m. Which among the following is the acceptable
magnetic field component in the electromagnetic wave ?
 
(1) B = 2 × 10–7 sin(1.5 × 102x + 0.5 × 1011t) ˆj (2) B = 60 sin(0.5 × 103x + 1.5 × 1011t) k̂
 
(3) B = 2 × 10–7 sin(0.5 × 103z + 1.5 × 1011t) î (4) B = 2 × 10–7 sin(0.5 × 103z – 1.5 × 1011t) î

Page 40
Ans. [4]
Sol. v = 23.9 GHz
E0 = 60 V/m
E0 E 60
 = C  B0 = 0 = = 2 × 10–7
B0 C 3  108
Since the wave is propagating in positive z-direction
So acceptable magnetic field component will be

B = 2 × 10–7 sin(0.5 × 103z – 1.5 × 1011t) î
Q.8 Consider the LR circuit shown in the figure. If the switch S is closed at t = 0 then the amount of charge that
L
passes through the battery between t = 0 and t = is :
R
L R
E S
7.3 EL 2.7 EL EL EL
(1) (2) (3) (4)
R2 R2 7 .3 R 2 2 .7 R 2
Ans. [4]
 Rt 
– E
Sol. I = Imax. 1 – e L  Imax. =
  R
 
t
dq E  –R 
L 
= 1– e
dt R  

4R 4R t
E  
1 – e – R L  dt

0
dq =
R 
0




L/R
 t
E L –R 
Q= L  e L 
R  R  0
E  L L –1 L 
=  e – 
R  R R R
EL EL
Q= Q=
2
R e 2 .7 R 2
Q.9 One kg of water, at 20ºC, heated in an electric kettle whose heating element has a mean (temperature
averaged) resistance of 20 . The rms voltage in the mains is 200 V. Ignoring heat loss from the kettle, time
taken for water to evaporate fully, is close to :
[Specific heat of water = 4200 J/(kg ºC), Latent heat of water = 2260 kJ/kg]
(1) 10 minutes (2) 22 minutes (3) 3 minutes (4) 16 minutes

Page 41
Ans. [2]
V2 200  200
Sol. R = 20  P= = = 2000 watt
R 20
V = 200 V
1 kg water 20ºC 1 kg water 100ºC
Heat required Q1 = msT = (1)(4200)(80) = 336000
1 kg water 100ºC 1 kg vapour
Heat required Q2 = mL = (1) 2260 × 1000 = 2260000
(power) (time) = total heat required
 2000 × time = 2260000 + 336000
time = 1298 sec.
time = 21.63 mint. ~
– 22 minute
Q.10 Consider an electron in a hydrogen atom revolving in its second excited state (having radius 4.65 Å). The
de-Broglie wavelength of this electron is :
(1) 6.6 Å (2) 3.5 Å (3) 9.7 Å (4) 12.9 Å
Ans. [3]
Sol. n = 3 (second exicted state)
2rn = ndB,
2r3 2  3.14  4.65 ~
 dB = = – 9.7 Å
n 3
Q.11 In an amplitude modulator circuit, the carrier wave is given by, C(t) = 4 sin(20000 t) while modulating signal
is given by, m(t) = 2 sin (2000 t). The values of modulation index and lower side band frequency are :
(1) 0.3 and 9 kHz (2) 0.5 and 10 kHz (3) 0.4 and 10 kHz (4) 0.5 and 9 kHz
Ans. [4]
Sol. C(t) = 4sin(20000 t), Ac = 4, c = 10,000
m(t) = 2sin(2000t), Am = 2, m = 1000
Am 2 1
Modulation index µ = = = = 0.5
Ac 4 2
Lower side bond frequency = L – m
= 10,000 – 1000
= 9000
= 9 kHz
Q.12 The electron in a hydrogen atom first jumps from the third excited state to the second excited state and
subsequently to the first excited state. The ratio of the respective wavelengths, 1/2, of the photons emitted
in this process is :
(1) 22/5 (2) 7/5 (3) 9/7 (4) 20/7

Page 42
Ans. [4]
Sol.
7
6 hc 1 1 
= 13.6  – 
5 1  9 16 
4
1 hc 1 1
3 = 13.6  – 
2 1 4 9
2
n=1
 7 
 
2 9  16 
= 
1  5 
 
 9 4 
2 7 94  7
=  = 2 =
1 9  16 5 1 20
1 20

2 7
Q.13 A system of three polarizers P1, P2, P3 is set up such that the pass axis of P3 is crossed with respect to that of P1.
The pass axis of P2 is inclined at 60º to the pass axis of P3. When a beam of unpolarized light of intensity I0 is
incident on P1, the intensity of light transmitted by the three polarizers is I. The ratio (I0/I) equals (nearly):
(1) 10.67 (2) 5.33 (3) 16.00 (4) 1.80
Ans. [1]
Sol. When unpolarized light of intensity I0 passes through P1, P2 and P3, let the emergent light from P1, P2 and P3 and
I1, I2 & I3. Then from Malus law
I = I0cos2
I0 = Incident Intensity
 = Angle between pass axes and incident light
I0 1
So I1 =  < cos2 > =
2 2
I0 3I
I2 = cos230º = 0
2 8
3I 0 3I
I3 = cos260º = 0
8 32
3I 0
So I =
32
I0 32
= = 10.67
I 3
Q.14 A diatomic gas with rigid molecules does 10 J of work when expanded at constant pressure. What would be
the heat energy absorbed by the gas, in this process ?
(1) 35 J (2) 40 J (3) 25 J (4) 30 J

Page 43
Ans. [1]
Sol. W = 10 J at constant pressure
W = P(V2 – V1)
= PV2 – PV1
10 = nR(T2 – T1) = nRT
Q = W + U
nf
= 10 J + RT
2
5
= 10 J + (10 J)
2
Q  35 J
Q.15 A block of mass 5 kg is (i) pushed in case (A) and (ii) pulled in case (B), by a force F = 20 N, making an
angle of 30º with the horizontal, as shown in the figures. The coefficient of friction between the block and
floor is µ = 0.2. The difference between the accelerations of the blocks, in case (B) and case (A) will be :
(g = 10 ms–2)
F = 20 N
30º
30º
F = 20 N
(A) (B)
(1) 3.2 ms–2 (2) 0.8 ms–2 (3) 0 ms–2 (4) 0.4 ms–2
Ans. [2]
Sol.
Case-A Case-B
10
N1 N2 20
20cos30º 30º 10 3
30º = 10 3
µ = 0.2
mg 20 N mg
20sin30º = 10 N2 = mg – 10
= 50 – 10 = 40 N
N1 = mg + 10 (fs)max. = 0.2 × 40 = 8 N
(fs)max = 0.2 × (60) = 12 N
10 3 – 12 17.32 – 12 10 3 – 8 17.32 – 8
aA = = aB =
=
5 5 5 5
5.32 9.32
aA = aB =
5 5
1 4
difference between acceleration aB – aA = (9.32 – 5.32) =
5 5
a  0.8 m / s 2

Page 44
Q.16 A moving coil galvanometer, having a resistance G, produces full scale deflection when a current Ig flows
through it. This galvanometer can be converted into (i) an ammeter of range 0 to I0(I0 > Ig) by connecting a
shunt resistance RA to it and (ii) into a voltmeter of range 0 to V (V = GI0) by connecting a series resistance
RV to it. Then,
R Ig
(1) RARV = G2 and A =
RV (I 0 – I g )
2
 Ig  I –I 
(2) RARV = G 2  and R A =  0 g 
 I 0 – Ig  RV  Ig 
   
2
 I 0 – Ig   Ig 
(3) RARV = G  2  and R A =  
 Ig  R  ( I – I ) 
  V  0 g 
2
2 R  Ig 
(4) RARV = G and A =  
RV  I 0 – Ig 
 
Ans. [4]
Sol. Galvanometer is converted into ammeter of range 0 to I0.
I0 Ig
G
I0 –Ig S = RA
IgG = (I0 – Ig) RA
IgG
RA = … (1)
(I 0 – I g )
Galvanometer is converted into voltmeter of range 0 to V
G
Ig RV
V = Ig(G + RV)
GI0 = Ig(G + RV)
GI 0
RV = –G
Ig
G (I 0 – I g )
RV = … (2)
Ig
So from (1) & (2)
RA RV = G2
2
RA  Ig 
= 
RV  I 0 – Ig 
 
Q.17 A solid sphere, of radius R acquires a terminal velocity v1 when falling (due to gravity) through a viscous
fluid having a coefficient of viscosity . The sphere is broken into 27 identical solid spheres. If each of these
spheres acquires a terminal velocity, v2, when falling through the same fluid, the ratio (v1/v2) equals :
(1) 1/9 (2) 1/27 (3) 9 (4) 27
Ans. [3]

Page 45
4 4
Sol. R 3 = 27 × r 3
3 3
R3 R
 r3 =  r 
33 3
4
(0 – liq. ) R 3g
V1 = 3
6R
3
4 R 4 1
(0 – liq . )   g (0 – liq. ) R 3g 
3 3 3 27
V2 = =
R 1
6   6 R 
3 3
V1
V2 =
9
Q.18 Two sources of sound S1 and S2 produce sound waves of same frequency 660 Hz. A listener is moving from
source S1 towards S2 with a constant speed u m/s and he hears 10 beats/s. The velocity of sound is 330 m/s.
Then, u equals :
(1) 10.0 m/s (2) 5.5 m/s (3) 15.0 m/s (4) 2.5 m/s
Ans. [4]
Sol. u
S1 O S2
As observer goes away from source S1 so apparent frequency
(v – v0 )
1 =  v = speed of round, v0 = speed of observer
v
 330 – u 
=  × 660
 330 
1 = 2 × 330 – 2u … (1)
As observer goes towards source S2 so apparent frequency
(v  v0 )
2 = 
v
 330 – u 
=  × 660
 330 
2 = 2 × 330 + 2u … (2)
According to question
2 – 1 = 10
4u = 10
u = 2.5 m/s

Page 46
Q.19 An electron, moving along the x-axis with an initial energy of 100 eV, enters a region of magnetic field

B = (1.5 × 10–3 T) k̂ at S (See figure). The field extends between x = 0 and x = 2 cm. The electron is
detected at the point Q on a screen placed 8 cm away from the point S. The distance d between P and Q (on
the screen) is :
(electron’s charge = 1.6 × 10–19C, mass of electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg)
S P
2 cm
8 cm
(1) 2.25 cm (2) 12.87 cm (3) 1.22 cm (4) 11.65 cm

Ans. [2]
2mk
Sol. R=
qB
2  9.1  10 –31  100  1.6  10 –19

=
1.6  10 –19  1.5  10 – 3
R = 2.24 cm
 R h
R 
x 6 cm R(1 – cos)
x 2
sin = = = 0.89
R 2.24
1 0.89 ~ h
0.89 tan  = – 1.97 =
 0.45 6
0.45
h = 11.82 cm
cos  = 0.45
d = h + 2 (1 – 0.45) = 11.82 + 2(1 – 0.45) ~
– 12.9 cm

Page 36
b
 2 x  = b x =
2
b b2 
v = b =
2 2
b2 
v 
2
Q.3 A transparent cube of side, made of a material of refractive index µ2, is immersed in a liquid of refractive
index µ1(µ1 < µ2). A ray is incident on the face AB at an angle (shown in the figure). Total internal
reflection takes place at point E on the face BC.
B E C

µ2
µ1
A D
Then  must satisfy :
µ 22 µ 22 µ1 µ1
(1)  > sin–1 –1 (2)  < sin–1 –1 (3)  < sin–1 (4)  > sin–1
µ12 µ12 µ2 µ2
Ans. [2]
Sol.
E
90 – 

 µ2
µ1
By snell’s law
µ1 sin  = µ2sin … (1)
For TIR
µ2sin(90 – ) > µ1
From eq. (1)
µ
sin  = 1 sin 
µ2
µ 22 – µ12 sin 2 
cos  =
µ2
µ 22 µ12 sin 2 
cos  = –
µ 22 µ 22

Page 37
µ12
cos  = 1– 2
sin 2  … (2)
µ2
µ1
sin(90 – ) >
µ2
µ1
cos  >
µ2
using eq. (2)
µ12 2 µ12
1– sin  >
µ 22 µ 22
µ12 µ12
1 – 2
sin 2  >
µ2 µ 22
µ12  µ2 
sin2 < 1 – 12 
µ 22  µ2 
 µ2   µ2 
 sin2 <  22 – 1    sin –1  22 – 1 
 µ 
 µ1   1 
Q.4 Let a total charge 2 Q be distributed in a sphere of radius R, with the charge density given by (r) = kr, where
r is the distance from the centre. Two charges A and B, of –Q each, are placed on diametrically opposite
points, at equal distance, a from the centre. If A and B do not experience any force, then :
3R
(1) a = 8–1/4 R (2) a = 2–1/4 R (3) a = (4) a = R/ 3
21 / 4
Ans. [1]
Sol. Total charge = 2 Q
Charging density  = kr
Radius = R
dr
a a d(vol.) = 4r2dr
r dq = (d(vol.))
A B a B
R
2
Force on charge at B will  dq =  kq 4r
0
dr
R
be due to charge at A and 2Q = k 4 r 3dr
0
k 4R 4
due to force applied by the 2Q =
4
2Q
charge in sphere k= …(1)
R 4

Page 49
Q.25 Find the magnetic field at point P due to a straight line segment AB of length 6 cm carrying a current of 5A.
(See figure) (µ0 = 4× 10–7 N-A–2)
A B
6 cm
(1) 1.5 × 10–5 T (2) 3.0 × 10–5 T (3) 2.0 × 10–5 T (4) 2.5 × 10–5 T
Ans. [1]
Sol.
P
1
5 cm
4 cm
3 cm
µ0i
B= (sin1 + sin2)
4d
5 3 3
=     10
–7
4 cm = 4 × 10–2 m
4  10 – 2  5 5 
5 3  10 –7
= ×2
4 5  10 – 2
B  1.5  10 –5 T
Q.26 A spring whose unstretched length is l has a force constant k. The spring is cut into two pieces of unstretched
lengths l1 and l2 where, l1 = nl2 and n is an integer. The ratio k1/k2 of the corresponding force constant, k1 and
k2 will be ;
1 1
(1) 2 (2) (3) n2 (4) n
n n
Ans. [2]
Sol. l, k = 
l1 , k1 l2 , k 2
1 / l1 1/ l2
given l1 = nl2 k1 = k k2 = k
l l
k 1
k1 = k2 = k
l1 l l l2
k1 l k 1
= 2  1 
k2 l1 k2 n

Page 50
Q.27 The ratio of the weights of a body on the Earth’s surface to that on the surface of a planets is 9 : 4. The mass
1
of the planet is th of that of the Earth. If 'R' is the radius of the Earth, what is the radius of the planet ?
9
(Take the planets to have the same mass density)
R R R R
(1) (2) (3) (4)
9 2 3 4
Ans. [2]
We 9 1
Sol. = Mp = Me
Wp 4 9
GM e We mGM e R2
We = m = ×
R2 Wp R2 mGM p
GM e We 9R  2
Wp = m =
R2 Wp R2
9 9R  2 2 R2
=  R =
4 R2 4
R
R 
2
Q.28 Figure shows a DC voltage regulator circuit, with a Zener diode of breakdown voltage = 6V. If the
unregulated input voltage varies between 10 V to 16 V, then what is maximum Zener current ?
IS
RS = 2 k
IL
IZ
RL = 4 k
(1) 3.5 mA (2) 1.5 mA (3) 2.5 mA (4) 7.5 mA

Ans. [1]
Sol.
IS
V1 RS = 2 k
V I
I1 I2
4 k V2

Page 51
Case – I : V = 16 volt
V2 = 6 V then V1 = 10 V
10
I= = 5 × 10–3 amp.
2k
6
I2 = = 1.5 × 10–3 Amp.
4  1000
I1 = (5 – 1.5) × 10–3 Amp.
= 3.5 × 10–3 Amp.
Case – II : V = 10 volt
V2 = 6 V & V1 = 4 vol.
4
I= = 2 × 10–3 Amp.
2  1000
4
I2 = = 10–3 Amp.
4  1000
I1 = (2 – 1) × 10–5 = 10–5 Amp.
Maximum Zener current is in Case-I that is 3. 5 × 10–3 Amp.
Q.29 Three particles of masses 50 g, 100 g and 150 g are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side
1 m (as shown in the figure). The (x, y) coordinates of the centre of mass will be :
Y
m3 = 150 g
50 g = m1 60º m2 = 100 g
X
O 0.5 m 1.0 m
 3 7   3 5  7 3  7 3 
(1)  m, m  (2)  m, m  (3)  m, m (4)  m, m
 8 
12   12   12 8   12 4 
  4  
Ans. [4]
Sol. m1 = 50 g m2 = 100 g m3 = 150 g
x1 = 0 x2 = 1m x3 = 0.5 m
3
y1 = 0 y2 = 0 y3 =
2
m1 x 1  m 2 x 2  m 3 x 3 0  (100)10  (150)(0.5)
xCOM = =
m1  m 2  m 3 300
100  75 175 7
xCOM = = = m.
300 300 12
3
m1 y 1  m 2 y 2  m 3 y 3 0  (100)(0)  (150)
yCOM = = 2
m1  m 2  m 3 300
75 3 3 3 3
yCOM = = = m
300 12 4
7 3 
( x COM , y COM )   ,
 12 4 
 

Page 52
Q.30 Two particles are projected from the same point with the same speed u such that they have the same range R,
but different maximum heights, h1 and h2. Which of the following is correct ?
(1) R2 = h1h2 (2) R2 = 16 h1h2 (3) R2 = 4 h1h2 (4) R2 = 2h1h2
Ans. [2]
Sol.
Angle of projections must be

, (90 – )
u 2 sin 2  u 2 cos 2 
h1 = , h2 =
2g 2g
2u 2 sin  cos 
R=
g
u 4 sin 2  cos 2 
h1h2 =
4g 2
4 u 4 sin 2  cos 2 
R2 =
g2
R 2  16h1h 2

Page 53

12th April 2019 | Shift - I
PHYSICS
Q.1 A shell is fired from a fixed artillery gun with an initial speed u such that it hits the target on the ground at a
distance R from it. If t1 and t2 are the values of the time taken by it to hit the target in two possible ways, the
product t1t2 is -
(1) 2R/g (2) R/2g (3) R/g (4) R/4g
Ans. [1]
Sol.
t2
90–  t1
R
For  & 90 –  angle of projection, range will be same
2u sin 
Time of flight for  : t1 =
g
2u sin(90  ) 2u cos 
Time of flight for 90 –  : t2 = =
g g
4u 2 sin  cos  2u 2  sin 2  2  u 2 sin 2  2R

 t1t2 = =   =  =
g2 g  g  g  g  g
 
Q.2 A circular disc of radius b has a hole of radius a at its centre (see figure). If the mass per unit area of the disc
 0 
varies as   , then the radius of gyration of the disc about its axis passing through the centre is:
 r 
ab a 2  b 2  ab a 2  b 2  ab ab
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 2 2
Ans. [2]

Page 54
Sol.
b
a dm =   0  (2rdr) = 20dr
r
 r 
I = mk2 : k = radius of gyration

b b
 (dm )r 2  k 2 dm

a a
b b
 (2 0dr )r 2  k 2 2 0dr
 
a a
 b3  a 3  2
 2 0    k 2 0 ( b  a )
 3 
( b  a )( b 2  a 2  ab)
  k 2 ( b  a)
3
a 2  b 2  ab
k=
3
Q.3 Shown in the figure is a shell made of a conductor. It has inner radius a and outer radius b, and carries charge

Q. At its centre is a dipole P as shown. In this case;

p
( Q / 2)
(1) surface charge density on the inner surface is uniform and equal to
4 a 2

(2) surface charge density on the outer surface depends on p
(3) surface charge density on the inner surface of the shell is zero everywhere
(4) electric field outside the shell is the same as that of a point charge at the centre of the shell
Ans. [4]
Sol. The charge distribution at equilibrium on the conductor will be like :
+
+ +
+ – +
– – ––
+ + +++ +
+ +
+
Net charge on the outer surface = Q
Total charge on the inner surface = 0
So for any observer outside the shell, the resultant electric field is due to Q uniformly distributed on the outer
surface only.

Page 55
Q.4 A thin ring of 10 cm radius carries a uniformly distributed charge. The ring rotates at a constant angular
speed of 40  rad s–1 about its axis, perpendicular to its plane. If the magnetic field at its centre is 3.8 × 10–9
T, then the charge carried by the ring is close to (0 = 4× 10–7 N/A2).
(1) 7 × 10–6 C (2) 4 × 10–5 C (3) 2 × 10–6 C (4) 3 × 10–5 C
Ans. [4]
Sol.
+
+ + R = 10 cm = 10–1 m
+ +  = 40 rad/s
R
O  B0 = 3.8 × 10–9T
+ +
Q + +
+
Q Q
I= 
t  2 

 
 
 
Q 
0 
  2  
  
B0 =
0I
    
2R 2R
 0 Q
 B0 =
4 R
B 0 4R
 Q=
0
(3.8  10 –9 )(    10 –1 )
=
(4   10 –7 )(40 )
380  10 –2  10 –9  10 –1
=
40  3.14  10 –7
380
= × 10–12+7 = 3 × 10–5 C
125.6
Q.5 A uniform rod of length  is being rotated in a horizontal plane with a constant angular speed about an axis
passing through one of its ends. If the tension generated in the rod due to rotation is T(x) at a distance x from
the axis, then which of the following graphs depicts it most closely?
T(x) T(x) T(x) T(x)

(1) (2) (3) (4)
 x  x  x  x
Ans. [4]

Page 56
Sol.
T(x)
x m,
dL
T(x)
x dm
L

T(x) = (dm )2 L

x

m  2
=    dL L
x

m 2  L2 
=   
  2  x
2
m
T(x) = ( 2  x 2 )
2
T(x) = A – Bx2
(Parabola, mouth down)
T(x)
 x
Q.6 The stopping potential V0 (in volt) as a function of frequency () for a sodium emitter, is shown in the figure.
The work function of sodium, from the data plotted in the figure, will be: (Given: Planck’s constant (h) =
6.63 × 10–34 Js, electron charges e = 1.6 × 10–19 C)
3.0
2.0
1.0
V0
2 4 6 8 10
(1014 Hz)
(1) 1.95 eV (2) 2.12 eV (3) 1.82 eV (4) 1.66 eV

Ans. [4]
Sol.
V0 (stopping potential)
(V0) (1014 hz) frequency

Threshold frequency
Work function = 0 = h0
(6.63  10 34 )(4  1014 )
= eV = 1.66 eV
1.6  10 19

Page 57
Q.7 Two identical parallel plate capacitors, of capacitance C each, have plates of area A, separated by a distance
d. The space between the plates of the two capacitors, is filled with three dielectrics, of equal thickness and
dielectric constants K1, K2 and K3. The first capacitor is filled as shown in fig.I, and the second one is filled
as shown in fig II.
If these two modified capacitors are charged by the same potential V, the ratio of the energy stored in the
two, would be (E1 refers to capacitor (I) and E2 to capacitor (II)):
K1
K2 K1 K2 K3
K3
(I) (II)
E1 ( K 1  K 2  K 3 )( K 2 K 3  K 3 K 1  K 1 K 2 )
(1) 
E2 K1 K 2 K 3
E1 K1 K 2 K 3
(2) 
E 2 ( K 1  K 2  K 3 )( K 2 K 3  K 3 K 1  K 1 K 2 )
E1 ( K 1  K 2  K 3 )( K 2 K 3  K 3 K 1  K 1 K 2 )
(3) 
E2 9K 1 K 2 K 3
E1 9K 1 K 2 K 3
(4) 
E 2 ( K 1  K 2  K 3 )( K 2 K 3  K 3 K 1  K 1 K 2 )
Ans. [4]
Sol.
K1
K2 K1 K2 K3
K3
(I) (II)
K1
K2 K1 K2 K3
K3
(I) (II)
1 1 1 1
  
C1  A  A  A
k1  0  k 2  0  k 3  0 
 d / 3   d / 3   d/3 
1 d 1 1 1 
    
C1 3 0 A  k1 k 2 k 3 

Page 58
3 0 A k1 k 2 k 3
C1 =
d ( k 1 k 2  k 2 k 3  k 3 k1 )
0 A / 3  A/3  A / 3 0A
C2 = k1  k2 0  k3 0 = [k1 + k2 + k3]
d d d 3d
1
C1 V 2
E1 2 9k 1 k 2 k 3
 
E2 1 ( k 1  k 2  k 3 )( k 1 k 2  k 2 k 3  k 3 k1 )
C2V 2
2
Q.8 In a double slit experiment, when a thin film of thickness t having refractive index . is introduced in front of
one of the slits, the maximum at the centre of the fringe pattern shifts by one fringe width. The value of t is
( is the wavelength of the light used) :
  2 
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2(  1) (2  1) (  1) (  1)
Ans. [4]
Sol. Normal YDSE without slab
First bright x = 
Central bright (C.B.) x=0
t P central bright (x = 0)

S1 

S2 x = 
For central bright at the position of first bright

 S2P – S1P = 0
 ( + ) – (– t + t) = 0
optical path length
  +  – + t – t = 0
  = t (– 1)

 t
 1

Page 59
Q.9 The value of numerical aperature of the objective lens of a microscope is 1.25. If light of wavelength 5000 Å
is used, the minimum separation between two points, to be seen as distinct, will be :
(1) 0.12 m (2) 0.38 m (3) 0.24 m (4) 0.48 m
Ans. [3]
Sol. Numerical aperture of the microscope is given as
0.61
NA =
d
d = minimum separation between two points to be seen as distinct
0.61 (0.61)(5000  10 10 )
d = = = 2.4 ×10–7 m = 0.24 m
NA 1.25
Q.10 The resistive network shown below is connected to a D.C. source of 16 V. The power consumed by the
network is 4 Watt. The value of R is:
4R 6R
R R
4R 12R
 = 16 V
(1) 16  (2) 1  (3) 8  (4) 6 
Ans. [3]
Sol.
4R 6R
R R 2R R 4R R 8R
4R 12R
 
 = 16 V  = 16 V  = 16 V
V2
P=
R
16  16
4=
8R
 R  8
Q.11 The trajectory of a projectile near the surface of the earth is given as y = 2x – 9x2. If it were launched at an
angle 0 with speed v0 then (g = 10 ms–2) :
 1  5  2  3
(1) 0 = cos–1   and v0 = ms–1
 (2) 0 = cos–1   and v0 = ms–1

 5 3  5 5
 2  3  1  5
(3) 0 = sin–1   and v0 = ms–1
 (4) 0 = sin–1   and v0 = ms–1

 5 5  5 3
Ans. [1]

Page 60
 x
Sol. y = x tan  1   …..(i)
 R
 
 
n 2  9 x   x 
Given eq of trajectory : y = 2x – 9x = 2x 1   = 2x 1  …. (2)
 2  2
 
 
 9
Comparing equation (1) & (2)
2
tan = 2 & R =
9
5



1  1 
cos =  = cos–1  

5  5
u 2 sin 2 2
 
g 9
 2 tan  
u2  2 
 1  tan   = 2
10 9
4  2
 u2   = ×10
5  9
2  10  5
 u2 =
94
10 5
 u= = m/s
6 3
Q.12 A person of mass M is, sitting on a swing of length L and swinging with an angular amplitude 0. If the
person stands up when the swing passes through its lowest point, the work done by him, assuming that his
center of mass moves by a distance (<<L), is close to;
  20 
(1) mg (1 + 02) (2) mg (3) mg 1   (4) mg(1 – 20 )
 2 
 
Ans. [1]
Sol.
  L
vmax
The force acting on the man at the lowest point
mv 2max
 F = mg +
L

Page 61
m
= mg  ( Vmax ) 2
L
m
= mg  [ A]2
L
2 L g
[T = = 2  = ]
 g L
m  g2
= mg  [(  0 L ) ]
L  L 
 
= mg + mg 20
= mg (1 + 20 )
Work done = (F) (displacement)

= [mg(1 + 20 )][]
= mg(1 + 20 )

Q.13 A point dipole p  p0 x̂ is kept at the origin. The potential and electric field due to this dipole on the
y-axis at a distance d are, respectively: (Take V= 0 at infinity)
  
p p p
(1) , (2) 0,
4 0 d 2 4  0 d 3 4  0 d 3
  
p p p
(3) , (4) 0,
4 0 d 2 4  0 d 3 4  0 d 3
Ans. [2]
Sol.
y 
E
A
d
O p =–p x̂ x
0
A is an equatorial point w.r.t the dipole :


K p
Electric field at A =
r3
 1 ( p0 x̂ ) 
=  3 
 4  0 d 
p0
= x̂
4 0 d 3
Electric potential at A = 0

Page 62
Q.14 A galvanometer of resistance 100  has 50 divisions on its scale and has sensitivitv of 20 A/division. It is
to be converted to a voltmeter with three ranges of 0-2V, 0-10 V and 0-20 V. The appropriate circuit to do so
is
R1 R2 R3 R1 R2 R3
G R1 = 1900 G R1 = 19900
(1) R2 = 8000
(2) R2 = 9900
R = 10000 R3 = 1900
2V 10V 20V 3 20V 10V 2V
R1 R2 R3 R1 R2 R3
G R1 = 1900 G R1 = 2000
(3) R2 = 9900
(4) R2 = 8000
R = 19900 R = 10000
2V 10V 20V 3 2V 10V 20V 3
Ans. [1]
Sol. sensitivity = 20 A/div
Total division = 50
 maximum current through galvanometer can be = Imax = (50) (20 A) = 10–3 A
RG = 100
G
R1
0V 2V
2
Imax = = 10–3
100  R1
2
 = 100 + R1
10 3
 R1 = 2000 – 100
 R1 = 1900 
RG = 100
G
R1 R2 
0V 10V
10
Imax =
R G  R1  R 2
10
 10–3 =
100  1900  R 2
10
 R2 + 2000 =
10 3
 R2 = 10000 – 2000 = 8000
RG = 100
G
 R1 R2  R3
0V 20V
20
Imax =
100  1900  8000  R 3
10000 + R3 = 20000
R3 = 10000


Page 63
Q.15 The truth table for the circuit given in the fig. is:
A Y
B
A B Y A B Y A B Y A B Y
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
(1) 0 1 1 (2) 0 1 1 (3) 0 1 0 (4) 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
Ans. [2]
Sol.
D
A Y
B C
(OR) (NAND)
Effectively D = A & C is output of 'OR' gate
Y is output of 'NAND' gate
A B C D Y
0 0 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1
1 0 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 0
Q.16 The figure shows a square loop L of side 5 cm which is connected to a network of resistances. The whole
setup is moving towards right with a constant speed of 1 cm s–1. At some instant, a part of L is in a uniform
magnetic field of 1 T, perpendicular to the plane of the loop. If the resistance of L is 1.7 , the current in the
loop at that instant will be close to :
v=1 cm/sec
    L B
     1 2
3
B     A C
    1 2
    D
5 cm
(1) 115 A (2) 150 A (3) 170 A (4) 60 A
Ans. [3]
Sol.
    Loop(L) B
1 2
     3
a  
B   A C
    1 2
    D
v

Page 55
Q.4 A thin ring of 10 cm radius carries a uniformly distributed charge. The ring rotates at a constant angular
speed of 40  rad s–1 about its axis, perpendicular to its plane. If the magnetic field at its centre is 3.8 × 10–9
T, then the charge carried by the ring is close to (0 = 4× 10–7 N/A2).
(1) 7 × 10–6 C (2) 4 × 10–5 C (3) 2 × 10–6 C (4) 3 × 10–5 C
Ans. [4]
Sol.
+
+ + R = 10 cm = 10–1 m
+ +  = 40 rad/s
R
O  B0 = 3.8 × 10–9T
+ +
Q + +
+
Q Q
I= 
t  2 

 
 
 
Q 
0 
  2  
  
B0 =
0I
    
2R 2R
 0 Q
 B0 =
4 R
B 0 4R
 Q=
0
(3.8  10 –9 )(    10 –1 )
=
(4   10 –7 )(40 )
380  10 –2  10 –9  10 –1
=
40  3.14  10 –7
380
= × 10–12+7 = 3 × 10–5 C
125.6
Q.5 A uniform rod of length  is being rotated in a horizontal plane with a constant angular speed about an axis
passing through one of its ends. If the tension generated in the rod due to rotation is T(x) at a distance x from
the axis, then which of the following graphs depicts it most closely?
T(x) T(x) T(x) T(x)

(1) (2) (3) (4)
 x  x  x  x
Ans. [4]

Page 56
Sol.
T(x)
x m,
dL
T(x)
x dm
L

T(x) = (dm )2 L

x

m  2
=    dL L
x

m 2  L2 
=   
  2  x
2
m
T(x) = ( 2  x 2 )
2
T(x) = A – Bx2
(Parabola, mouth down)
T(x)
 x
Q.6 The stopping potential V0 (in volt) as a function of frequency () for a sodium emitter, is shown in the figure.
The work function of sodium, from the data plotted in the figure, will be: (Given: Planck’s constant (h) =
6.63 × 10–34 Js, electron charges e = 1.6 × 10–19 C)
3.0
2.0
1.0
V0
2 4 6 8 10
(1014 Hz)
(1) 1.95 eV (2) 2.12 eV (3) 1.82 eV (4) 1.66 eV

Ans. [4]
Sol.
V0 (stopping potential)
(V0) (1014 hz) frequency

Threshold frequency
Work function = 0 = h0
(6.63  10 34 )(4  1014 )
= eV = 1.66 eV
1.6  10 19

Page 66
Mg
 T =
AY
TAY
 M=
g
(10 5 )(20)(   10 6 )(1011 )
=
(10)
= 2 kg
= 2 × 3.14 kg
= 6.28 kg (closest to 9)
Q.20 To verify Ohm's law, a student connects the voltmeter across the battery as, shown in the figure. The
measured voltage is plotted as a function of the current, and the following graph is obtained;
V
Internal  Ammeter
Resistance
R
V
1.5 V
V0
I 1000 mA
If V0 is almost zero, identify the correct statement :
(1) The value of the resistance R is 1.5 
(2) The emf of the battery is l.5 V and its internal resistance is 1.5 
(3) The emf of the battery is l.5 V and the value of R is 1.5 
(4) The potential difference across the battery is 1.5 V when it sends a current of 1000 mA
Ans. [2]
Sol.
V (voltmeter reading)
1.5 V
O
I 1000 mA = 1A
V
E
i r
Ammeter
R
When voltmeter reading is zero
 E – ir = 0
 E 
 E–  r = 0
Rr

Page 67
r
 1– =0
Rr
 R+r–r=0
 R = 0 : when voltmeter reading is zero
 Req = r (for circuit)
E
i=
r
1.5
 1000 mA = (E = 1.5V from graph)
r
1.5
 1=
r
 r = 1.5 
Q.21 A concave mirror has radius of curvature of 40 cm. It is at the bottom of a glass that has water filled up to 5
cm (see figure). If a small particle is floating on the surface of water, its image as seen, from directly above
the glass, is at a distance d from the surface of water. The value of d is dose to: (Refractive index of water =
1.33)
Particle
5 cm
(1) 11.7 cm (2) 6.7 cm (3) 13.4 cm (4) 8.8 cm

Ans. [4]
Sol.
Observer
Particle Object is just inside the water
H = 4/3 5 cm
fR = 40 cm
 f = – 20 cm
I (virtual image)
1 1 1
 
V u f
1 1 1
  
V ( 5)  20
1 1 1
  
V 5 20
1 4 1 3
  
V 20 20
20
V cm
3

Page 68
20 35
H=5+ = cm
3 3
 35 
 
H 3 35 3 35
Happerent = =   =  = = 8.8 cm
 4 3 4 4
 
3
Q.22 Two moles of helium gas is mixed with three moles of hydrogen molecules (taken to be rigid). What is the
molar specific heat of mixture at constant volume ? (R = 8.3 J/mol K)
(1) 21.6 J/mol K (2) 19.7 J/mol K (3) 15.7 J/mol K (4) 17.4 J/mol K
Ans. [4]
n1C V1  n 2C V2
Sol. (CV)mix =
n1  n 2
 fR   fR 
(2)   3 
2
  mono  2  diaatomic
=
23
 3R   R 5
2   3 
=  2   2 
5
21R
=
10
21  8.3
= = 17.4 J/mol-K
10
Q.23 A magnetic compass needle oscillates 30 times per minute at a place where the dip is 45°, and 40 times per
minute where the dip is 30º. If B1 and B2 are respectively the total magnetic field due to the earth at the two
places, then the ratio B1/ B2 is best given by :
(1) 1.8 (2) 2.2 (3) 0.7 (4) 3.6
Ans. [3]
Sol.

 = angle of dip
B
 
 = mB
   mB sin 
   mB (small angular displacement)
 I  m(B cos )
 mB cos  
    
 I 
2 mB cos 
 =
I
I
T = 2
mB cos 

Page 69
T1 B2 cos  2

T2 B1 cos 1
 60 
 
 30   B 2 cos  2
 60  B1 cos 1
 
 40 
2
4 B cos  2
    2
3
  B1 cos 1
16 cos 1 B 2
 
9 cos  2 B1
B1 9 3 2
 = 
B2 16 2  1
9 6
=
32
9  2.44
=
32
22
= = 0.7
32
Q.24 Which of the following combinations has the dimension of electrical resistance (0 is the permittivity of
vacuum and 0 is the permeability of vacuum)?
0 0 0 0
(1) (2) (3) (4)
0 0 0 0
Ans. [4]
Sol. [0] = (M–1 L–3 T4 A2)
[0] = (M L T–2 A–2)
[R] = (M L2 T–3 A–2)
0
R=
0
Q.25 The transfer characteristic curve of a transistor, having input and output resistance 100 and 100 k
respectively is shown in the figure. The voltage and power gain, are respectively:
(1) 5 × 104, 5 × 105 (2) 5 × 104, 5 × 106 (3) 5 × 104, 2.5 × 106 (4) 2.5 × 104, 2.5 × 106
Ans. [3]
IC
(mA) (300,15)
Sol. (200,10)
(100,5)
I0)

Page 70
IC 5  10 3
B= = = 50
IB 100  10 9
Voutput
Voltage gain = AV =
Vinput
Ioutput R 0
=
Iinput R in
 I C  R 0 
=  



 I b  R in 
R 
= ()  0 
 R in 
100  103 
= (50)  
 100 
= 5 × 104
R 
Power gain = 2 =  0 
 Ri 
= (50)2 × 103
= 25 × 102 × 103
= 2.5 × 106
Q.26 When M1 gram of ice at –10°C (specific heat = 0.5 cal g–1ºC–1) is added to M2, gram of water at 50°C, finally
no ice is left and the water is at 0°C. The value of latent heat of ice, in cal g–1 is :
50 M 2 50M 2 5M 2 5M1
(1) 5 (2) (3) 5 (4)  50
M1 M1 M1 M2
Ans. [1]
Sol.
M1
M2 M1+M2
–10ºC 0ºC
ice
50ºC water (water)
At equilibrium
Using energy conservation
Erelesed by water = Eused by ice
 M2SW(T) water = M1Sice(T)ice + M1Lfusion
1 
 M2(1)(50) = M1   (10) +M1Lfusion
2
 50M2 – 5M1 = M1Lfusion
50M 2  5M1
 Lf =
M1
50 M 2
 Lf = 5
M1

Page 71
Q.27 A man (mass = 50 kg) and his son (mass =20 kg) are standing on a frictionless surface facing each other. The
man pushes his son so that he starts moving at a speed of 0.70 ms–1 with respect to the man. The speed of the
man with respect to the surface is :
(1) 0.28 ms–1 (2) 0.47 ms–1 (3) 0.20 ms–1 (4) 0.14 ms–1
Ans. [3]
Sol.
A
B
VA VB
Surface (=0)
50 kg 20 kg

VB / A  0.7 m / s
 
 VB / S  VA / S  0.7
 VB – (–VA) = 0.7
 VB + VA = 0.7
 VA + VB = 0.7

Momentum conservation (Fext  0)
PC = Pf
 0 = 20(+VB) + 50(–VA)
 2VB = 5VA
5VA
 VB =
2
5VA
 VA + = 0.7
2
7 VA
 = 0.7
2
2
 VA= 0.7  
7
 VA = 0.2 m/s
Q.28 A progressive wave travelling along the positive x-direction is represented by y(x,t) = Asin(kx – t + ). Its
snapshot at t = 0 is given in the figure.
y
For this wave, the phase  is :

 
(1) (2)  (3) 0 (4) –
2 2
Ans. [2]

Page 72
Sol.
Y = A sin (kx – t + )
At t = 0
Y = A sin (kx + )
y
Graph of : y = A sin(kx)
x
Graph of : y = –A sin(kx)
x
– A sin(kx) = A sin (kx + )

 A sin(kx + ) = A sin (kx + )
=
Q.29 An excited He+ ion emits two photons in succession, with wavelengths 108.5 nm and 30.4 nm, in making a
transition to ground state. The quantum number n, corresponding to its initial excited state is (for photon of
1240 eV
wavelength , energy E = .
( in nm)
(1) n = 4 (2) n = 6 (3) n = 5 (4) n = 7
Ans. [3]
Sol.
n
E1 1
2 E2
n=1
E = E1 + E2
1 1  1240 1240
 13.6 (Z2)  2
 2 = +
1 n  108.5 30.4
1 

 13.6 × 4 1   = 11.43 + 40.79
 n2 
1 52.22
 1 2 =
n 54.4
1 52.22
 2 =1–
n 54.4

Page 73
1 2.18
 2
=
n 54 .4
54.4
 n2 =
2.18
 n2 = 25
n=5
Q.30 A submarine (A) travelling at 18 km/hr is being chased along the line of its velocity by another submarine
(B) travelling at 27 km/hr. B sends a sonar signal of 500 Hz to detect A and receives a reflected sound of
frequency . The value of  is close to: (Speed of sound in water =1500 ms–1)
(1) 507 Hz (2) 504 Hz (3) 499 Hz (4) 502 Hz
Ans. [4]
Sol.
f0 = 500Hz
B A
VB 7.5 m/s VA 5 m/s
v = speed of sound in water = 1500 m/s
 V  VA   1500  5 
frequency received by A = f' =  f0 =  f0
 V  VB 1500  7.5 
 V  VB  1500  7.5   1500  5 
frequency received by B = f" =  f ' =   f
 V  V A   1500  5  1500  7.5 
 1500  7.5  1500  5 
f" =    (500)
 1500  7.5  1500  5 
= 502 Hz

Page 74

Physics
2
Q.1 In the formula X = 5YZ , X and Z have dimensions of capacitance and magnetic field, respectively. What are
the dimensions of Y in SI units?
(1) [M–3 L–2 T8 A4] (2) [M–2 L–2 T6 A3] (3) [M–1 L–2 T4 A2] (4) [M–2 L0 T–4 A–2]
Ans. [1]
Sol. X = 5Y Z2
Q
X = capacitance =
V
Q Q2
= 
 F.L
A 2T 2
=
M1L1T  2  L
= A2 M–1 L–2 T4
= M–1 L–2 T4 A2
F M1L1T 2
Z= B= = = M1L0 T–2 A–1
i A1L1
Z2 = M2 T–4 A–2
X M 1L2 T 4 A 2
Y= =
Z2 M 2 T 4 A 2
–3 –2 8 4
=M L T A
Q.2 In free space, a particle A of charge 1C is held fixed at a point P. Another particle B of the same charge and
mass 4g is kept at a distance of 1 mm from P. If B is released, then its velocity at a distance of 9 mm from P
is :
 1 
Take  9  109 Nm 2 C 2 
 4 0 
(1) 1.0 m/s (2) 3.0 × 104 m/s (3) 2.0 × 103 m/s (4) 1.5 × 102 m/s
Ans. [3]
Sol. By conservation of energy
1 1 1
m = kq1q2   
2  d1 d 2 
 1
= k × 10–12 1   × 103
 9
8
= 9 × 109 × 10–9   = 8
9

Page 75
1
m2 = 8
2
16 16
 
m 4  10 9
= 2 × 104 × 10
~ 6 × 104 m/s
Of mass is considered as m = 4 × 10–6 kg then  = 2 × 103 m/s
Q.3 The figure represents a voltage regulator circuit using a Zener diode. The breakdown voltage of the Zener
diode is 6 V and the load resistance is, RL = 4k. The series resistance of the circuit is Ri = 1 k. If the
battery voltage VB varies from 8 V to 16 V, what are the minimum and maximum values of the current
through Zener diode?
Ri

VB RL
(1) 0.5 mA; 8.5 mA (2) 1.5 mA; 8.5 mA (3) 1 mA; 8.5 mA (4) 0.5 mA; 6 mA
Ans. [1]
Sol.
1000 
8V to 16V 6V 4000 
When Battery = 8 V
total current = 2mA
Iz = 2 – 1.5 = 0.5 mA
Battery = 16 V
total current = 10 mA
Iz = 10 – 1.5 = 8.5 mA
 0.5 mA, 8.5 mA
Q.4 A bullet of mass 20 g has an initial speed of 1 ms–1, just before it starts penetrating a mud wall of thickness
20 cm. If the wall offers a mean resistance of 2.5 × 10–2N, the speed of the bullet after emerging from the
other side of the wall is close to :
(1) 0.3 ms–1 (2) 0.1 ms–1 (3) 0.7 ms–1 (4) 0.4 ms–1
Ans. [3]
Sol. M = 20 g u = 1m/s v=?
v2= u2 + 2as
s = 20 × 10–2 m

Page 76
2.5  10 2
a=– 2
= – 1.25 m/s2
2  10
2
v = 1 – 2 × 1.25 × 0.2
1
v = 0.5 =
2
1
v= = 0.7 m/s
2
Q.5 A coil of self inductance 10 mH and resistance 0.1  is connected through a switch to a battery of internal
resistance 0.9 . After the switch is closed, the time taken for the current to attain 80% of the saturation
value is: [take ln 5 = 1.6]
(1) 0.324 s (2) 0.002 s (3) 0.103 s (4) 0.016 s
Ans. [4]
Sol.
R = 0.1 L = 10 mH
(.)
r = 0.9
 Rt
 
i = i0 1  e L 
 
 Rt
 
0.8i0 = i0 1  e L 
 
Rt

L
1
e = 0.2 =
5
Rt
 – ln(5)
L
L
t= ln(5)
R
= 0.016 sec
Q.6 A metal coin of mass 5 g and radius 1 cm is fixed to a thin stick AB of negligible mass as shown in the
figure. The system is initially at rest. The constant torque, that will make the system rotate about AB at 25
rotations per second in 5s, is close to :
A
1 cm
B
(1) 7.9 × 10–6 Nm (2) 4 .0 × 10–6 Nm (3) 2.0 × 10–5 Nm (4) 1.6 × 10–5 Nm

Page 77
Ans. [3]
d
Sol. = = 10
dt
 = I
5
= (MR2) 
4
= 2 × 10–5 N–m
Q.7 Space between two concentric conducting spheres of radii a and b (b > a) is filled with a medium of
resistivity The resistance between the two spheres will be :
 1 1  1 1  1 1  1 1
(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)   
2  a b  4  a b  2  a b  4  a b 
Ans. [4]
 b  a
Sol. Resistance of spherical shell is R =
4  ab 
Q.8 One mole of ideal gas passes through a process where pressure and volume obey the relation
 1  V 2 
P  P0 1   0   . Here P0 and V0 are constants. Calculate the change in the temperature of the gas if its
 2  V  
volume changes form V0 to 2V0
3 P0 V0 1 P0 V0 5 P0 V0 1 P0 V0
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 R 2 R 4 R 4 R
Ans. [3]
 2
V  
Sol. P = P0 1  2 0  
  V  
P0
When V1 = V0 P1 =
2
7
V2 = 2V0 P2 = P0
8
1
T = T2 – T1 = (P2V2 – V1P1)
nR
7 1P V
= –  0 0
4 2 R
5 P0 V0
=
4 R
Q.9 Water from a tap emerges vertically downwards with an initial speed of 1.0 ms–1. The cross-sectional area of
the tap is 10–4 m2. Assume that the pressure is constant throughout the stream of water and that the flow is
streamlined. The cross-sectional area of the stream, 0.15 m below the tap would be : (Take g = 10 ms–2)
(1) 5 × 10–4 m2 (2) 2 × 10–5 m2 (3) 5 × 10–5 m2 (4) 1 × 10–5 m2
Ans. [3]

Page 66
Mg
 T =
AY
TAY
 M=
g
(10 5 )(20)(   10 6 )(1011 )
=
(10)
= 2 kg
= 2 × 3.14 kg
= 6.28 kg (closest to 9)
Q.20 To verify Ohm's law, a student connects the voltmeter across the battery as, shown in the figure. The
measured voltage is plotted as a function of the current, and the following graph is obtained;
V
Internal  Ammeter
Resistance
R
V
1.5 V
V0
I 1000 mA
If V0 is almost zero, identify the correct statement :
(1) The value of the resistance R is 1.5 
(2) The emf of the battery is l.5 V and its internal resistance is 1.5 
(3) The emf of the battery is l.5 V and the value of R is 1.5 
(4) The potential difference across the battery is 1.5 V when it sends a current of 1000 mA
Ans. [2]
Sol.
V (voltmeter reading)
1.5 V
O
I 1000 mA = 1A
V
E
i r
Ammeter
R
When voltmeter reading is zero
 E – ir = 0
 E 
 E–  r = 0
Rr

Page 79
Sol. P1 = P0 +  g d1
P2 = P0 +  g d2
 P =  g [d2 – d1] = 3.03 × 106
d2 – d1 = 303 m
= 300 m
Q.12 Two radioactive substances A and B have decay constants 5 and  respectively. At t = 0, a sample has the
2
1
same number of the two nuclei. The time taken for the ratio of the number of nuclei to become   will be :
e
2 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
 4 2 
Ans. [3]
N 1 e 5  t
Sol.  t = e–4t = e–2
N2 e
1
t= 
2
Q.13 The correct figure that shows, schematically, the wave pattern produced by superposition of two waves of
frequencies 9 Hz and 11 Hz, is :
y y
(1) 0 t(s) (2) 0 t(s)
1 2 1 2
y y
(3) 0 t(s) (4) 0 t(s)
1 2 1 2
Ans. [1]
Sol. Beat frequency = 2 Beats/sec
Q.14 In a Young's double slit experiment, the ratio of the slit's width is 4 : 1. The ratio of the intensity of maxima
to minima, close to the central fringe on the screen, will be :
(1) 25 : 9 (2) 4 : 1 (3) ( 3 + 1)4 : 16 (4) 9 : 1
Ans. [4]
Sol. I1 = 4I0 I2 = I0
Imax =  I  I  = 9I
1 2
2
0
=  I  I  =I
2
Imin 1 2 0
I max 9
 
I min 1

Page 80
Q.15 A spaceship orbits around a planet at a height of 20 km from its surface. Assuming that only gravitational
field of the planet acts on the spaceship, what will be the number of complete revolutions made by the
spaceship in 24 hours around the planet?
[Given ; Mass of planet = 8 × 1022 kg, Radius of planet = 2 × 106 m, Gravitational constant
G = 6.67 × 10–11 Nm2/kg2]
(1) 13 (2) 9 (3) 17 (4) 11
Ans. [4]
mv 2 GMm
Sol. Fg = 
2 r2
GM 6.67  10 11  8  10 22
v= =
r 2.02  106
v = 1.62 × 103
2r
T=
v
n(T) = 24 × 60 × 60
24  60  60
n=
T
Put the value of T
n = 11
Q.16 A source of sound S is moving with a velocity of 50 m/s towards a stationary observer. The observer
measures the frequency of the source as 1000 Hz. What will be the apparent frequency of the source when it
is moving away from the observer after crossing him? (Take velocity of sound in air is 350 m/s)
(1) 750 Hz (2) 857 Hz (3) 807 Hz (4) 1143 Hz
Ans. [1]
Sol.
50m/s
Observer S
 V0 
F'=   Fsource
 V  50 
1000  300
 Fsource =
350
 V 
Now if source moves away from observer f " =   . Fsource
 V  50 
300 350
=   1000
350 400
= 750 Hz
Q.17 In Li+ +, electron in first Bohr orbit is excited to a level by a radiation of wavelength . When the ion gets
deexcited to the ground state in all possible ways (including intermediate emissions), a total of six spectral
lines are observed. What is the value of  ?
(Given : H = 6.63 × 10–34 Js; c = 3 × 108 ms–1)
(1) 12.3 nm (2) 10.8 nm (3) 9.4 nm (4) 11.4 nm

Page 81
Ans. [2]
hc
Sol. E = = 13.6 × 9 – 0.85 × 9

1237
= nm
9 12.75
~ 10. 8nm
7M
Q.18 A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is divided into two unequal parts. The first part has a mass of
8
and is converted into a uniform disc of radius 2R. The second part is converted into a uniform solid sphere.
Let I1 be the moment of inertia of the disc about its axis and I2 be the moment of inertia of the new sphere
about its axis. The ratio I1/I2 is given by:
(1) 65 (2) 140 (3) 185 (4) 285
Ans. [2]
 7M  2
  ( 2R )
 8  7
Sol. I1 = = MR2
2 4
2  M  2 MR 12
I2 =  R 1 =
5  8 80
R = 2R1
I1 7
 × 80 = 140 
I2 4
Q.19 Two blocks A and B of masses mA = 1 kg and mB = 3 kg are kept on the table as shown in figure. the
coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.2 and between B and the surface of the table is also 0.2. The
maximum force F that can be applied on B horizontally, so that the block A does not slide over the block B is
: [Take g = 10 m/s2]
A
B F
(1) 8 N (2) 40 N (3) 16 N (4) 12 N

Ans. [3]
 = 0.2  = 0.2
1
Sol. 3kg F
amax = g = 2
F–8=4×2
F = 16 N
Q.20 Light is incident normally on a completely absorbing surface with an energy flux of 25 W cm–2. If the surface
has an area of 25 cm2, the momentum transferred to the surface in 40 min time duration will be :
(1) 6.3 × 10–4 Ns (2) 5.0 × 10–3 Ns (3) 1.4 × 10–6 Ns (4) 3.5 × 10–6 Ns
Ans. [2]

Page 82
I
Sol. Pressure = where I = Intensity
C
F I
 
A C
IA P
 F= =
C t
I
P = A t
C
25  10 4
= 8
× 25 × 10–4 × 40 × 60
3  10
= 5 × 10–3 Ns
Q.21 The magnitude of the magnetic field at the centre of an equilateral triangular loop of side 1 m which is
carrying a current of 10 A is : [Take 0 = 4 × 10–7 NA–2]
(1) 3 T (2) 18 T (3) 9 T (4) 1 T
Ans. [2]
3 0i  
Sol. B= sin tan
a 3 3
90i
=
2 a
9  4  10 7  10
=
2  1
= 18 × 10–6 T

Q.22 The time dependence of the position of a particle of mass m = 2 is given by r ( t )  2t î  3t 2 ˆj . Its angular
momentum, with respect to the origin, at time t = 2 is
(1) 36 k̂ (2) – 48 k̂ (3) – 34 ( k̂ – î ) (4) 48 ( î +s ˆj )
Ans. [2]
 
Sol. L = m v r sin n̂ = m ( r̂  v)

 dr
v = = 2î  12 ĵ
dt
 
r × v = – 24 k̂

 L = – 48 k̂ 
Q.23 A plane is inclined at an angle  = 30° with respect to the horizontal. A particle is projected with a speed u =
2 ms–1, from the base of the plane, making an angle  = 15° with respect to the plane as shown in the figure.
the distance from the base, at which the particle hits the plane is close to : (Take g = 10 ms–2)
u = 15°
= 30°
(1) 14 cm (2) 18 cm (3) 20 cm (4) 26 cm

Page 83
Ans. [3]
u sin 15
Sol. T=
g cos 30
g sin 30 t 2
S = t(2 cos15) –
2
S = 20 cm
Q.24 In an experiment, brass and steel wires of length 1 m each with areas of cross section 1mm2 are used. The
wires are connected in series and one end of the combined wire is connected to a rigid support and other end
is subjected to elongation. The stress required to produce a net elongation of 0.2 mm is,
[Given, the Young's Modulus for steel and brass are, respectively, 120 × 109 N/m2 and 60 × 109 N/m2]
(1) 4.0 × 106 N/m2 (2) 1.2 × 106 N/m2 (3) 1.8 × 106 N/m2 (4) 0.2 × 106 N/m2
Ans. [Bonus]
Sol.
Brass Steel
Y1A1 120 109 A

k1 = =
1 
A
k2 = 60 ×109

k 1k 2
keq =
k1  k 2
F = keq (x)
F k eq
 ( x ) = 8 ×106
A A
Solution gives this answer which is not matching with any option
Q.25 A simple pendulum of length L is placed between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor having electric field
E, as shown in figure. Its bob has mass m and charge q. The time period of the pendulum is given by :
+ –
+ L –
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ m –
+ q –
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
+ –
E
L L L L
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4) 2
q E 2 2  qE   qE  2
g2  g   g    qE 
 m  m g2   
m2 m
Ans. [4]

Page 84
Sol.
L
E
qE
mg
L
T = 2
a eff
(mg ) 2  (qE) 2
aeff =
m
L
 T = 2
2
 qE 
g2   
m
Q.26 The graph shows how the magnification m produced by a thin lens varies with image distance v. What is the
focal length of the lens used?
m
a b 
b2c b b2 a
(1) (2) (3) (4)
a c ac c
Ans. [2]
1 1 1
Sol.  
v u f
v
1– m=
f
v
m=1–
f
a
v = a, m = 1 –
f
ab
at v = a + b, m = 1 –
f
b
m2 – m1 = c =
f
b
f= 
c

Page 85
Q.27 A cubical block of side 0.5 m floats on water with 30% of its volume under water. What is the maximum
weight that can be put on the block without fully submerging it under water? [Take, density of water = 103
kg/m3]
(1) 30.1 kg (2) 87.5 kg (3) 65.4 kg (4) 46.3 kg
Ans. [2]
Sol.
0.5
M = w[0.5 × 0.5 × 0.35]

M = 87.5 kg
Q.28 A 2 mW laser operates at wavelength of 500 nm. The number of photons that will be emitted per second is :
[Given Planck's constant h = 6.6 × 10–34 Js, speed of light c = 3.0 × 108 m/s]
(1) 5 × 1015 (2) 1.5 × 1016 (3) 1 × 1016 (4) 2 × 1016
Ans. [1]
nhc
Sol. p=

p 2  103  5  107
n= =
hc 2 10 25
15
~ 5 × 10
Q.29 When heat Q is supplied to a diatomic gas of rigid molecules, at constant volume its temperature increases by
T. the heat required to produce the same change in temperature, at a constant pressure is :
7 3 2 5
(1) Q (2) Q (3) Q (4) Q
5 2 3 3
Ans. [1]
Sol. Q = mCv dT
Q1 = nCp dT
Q1 C p 7
 ==
Q Cv 5
Q.30 The elastic limit of brass is 379 MPa. What should be the minimum diameter of a brass rod if it is to support
a 400 N load without exceeding its elastic limit?
(1) 1.16 mm (2) 1.36 mm (3) 1.00 mm (4) 0.90 mm
Ans. [1]
F 400  4
Sol. Stress =  2
= 379 × 106
A d
d = 1.34 × 10–3
–3
~ 1.1 × 10

Page 86

Physics
Q.1 A 25 × 10–3 m3 volume cylinder is filled with 1 mol of O2 gas at room temperature (300 K). The molecular
diameter of O2, and its root mean square speed, are found to be 0.3 nm and 200 m/s, respectively. What is the
average collision rate (per second) for an O2 molecule ?
(1) ~1012 (2) ~1010 (3) ~1013 (4) ~1011
Ans. [1]
v
Sol. collision frequency = av

8
vav = vrms
3
8
vav = × 200
3
RT RT
= 2
P=
2 d NP V
V 25  10 –3
= =
2 d 2 1.4    9  10 – 20
put values frequency ~
– 0. 2 × 1010/sec
Answer by NTA is given as 1012 per sec.
Q.2 A thin disc of mass M and radius R has mass per unit area (r) = kr2 where r is the distance from its centre.
Its moment of inertia about an axis going through its centre of mass and perpendicular to its plane is :
2MR 2 MR 2 MR 2 MR 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 6 3 2
Ans. [1]
Sol.
dr
r
O

Page 87
assume a ring of radius r and with dr
dI = (dm)r2
R R
I=  dm r 2 =  (2r)dr r
2
0 0
R
5
= 2k  r dr
0
 R6  kR 6
= 2k   =

 6  3
R
mass of disc M= k  2r 3 dr
0
 R4 
M = k2  

 4 
4M
k= put the value
2R 4
  4M  6
I=  R
3  2R 4 
2MR 2
=
3
Q.3 A moving coil galvanometer allows a full scale current of 10–4 A. A series resistance of 2 M is required to
convert the above galvanometer into a voltmeter of range 0-5 V. Therefore the value of shunt resistance
required to convert the above galvanometer into an ammeter of range 0-10 mA is :
(1) 10  (2) 500  (3) 100  (4) 200 
Ans. [Drop by NTA]
Sol. ig = 0.1 mA , V = 5V, R = 2 × 106
V = ig (G + R)
5 = 0.1 × 10–3 (G + R)
G + R = 5 × 104
G = 5 × 104 – 2 × 106
= Negative
Not possible
Q.4 An npn transistor operates as a common emitter amplifier, with a power gain of 60 dB. The input circuit
resistance is 100 and the output load resistance is 10 k. The common emitter current gain  is .
(1) 102 (2) 104 (3) 60 (4) 6 × 102
Ans. [1]
Sol. Ri = 100, Ro = 104
P 
Power gain  60 = 10 log  o 
 Pi 
Po R
= 106 = 2 o
Pi Ri

Page 88
Ri
2 = 106 ×
Ro
100
= 106 ×
10 4
2 = 104
 = 100
Q.5 A current of 5 A passes through a copper conductor (resistivity = 1.7 × 10–8 m) of radius of cross-section
5 mm. Find the mobility of the charges if their drift velocity is 1.1 × 10–3 m/s.
(1) 1.0 m2/Vs (2) 1.8 m2/Vs (3) 1.5 m2/Vs (4) 1.3 m2/Vs
Ans. [1]
m 1
Sol. = 2
=
ne  ne
i = neA vd
i
n=
eAv d
Av d 1.1  10 –3    25  10 –6
= =
i 5  1.7  10 – 8
17.27  10 –1
=  1.0 m2/Vs
1 .7
Q.6 In the given circuit, an ideal voltmeter connected across the 10  resistance reads 2V. The internal resistance
r, of each cell is :
15 
2
10 
1.5 V, 1.5 V
r r 
(1) 1  (2) 0.5  (3) 1.5  (4) 0 
Ans. [2]
Sol.
6 2
i
2r
3V
2 1
current i = =
6 3
1
(8 + 2r) = 3
3
2r = 1
r = 0.5 

Page 89
Q.7 In a meter bridge experiment, the circuit diagram and the corresponding observation table are shown in
figure.
R X
Resistance Unknown
box resistance

E K
Sl. No. R ()  (cm)

1. 1000 60
2. 100 13
3. 10 1.5
4. 1 1.0
Which of the reading is inconsistent ?
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 2 (4) 1
Ans. [2]
X 100 – 
Sol. By using =
R 
 100 –  
X=R  
  
The value of X for reading 4 is totally different
Q.8 Two wires A & B are carrying currents I1 & I2 as shown in the figure. The separation between them is d. A
third wire C carrying a current I is to be kept parallel to them at a distance x from A such that the net force
acting on it is zero. The possible values of x are :
C
A B
I1 I2
x
d
 I  I2
(1) x =  1 d and x = d
I – I
 1 2 ( I1  I2 )
I1d
(2) x = ±
( I1 – I 2 )
 I  I2
(3) x =  1 d and x = d
I  I
 1 2 ( I1 – I2 )
 I   I2 
(4) x =  2 d and x =  
 ( I – I ) d
 I1  I 2   1 2 

Page 90
Ans. [2]
Sol.
C
A B
I1 I2
x d –x
Fnet on C = 0
0 I1I 0 I 2 I
+ =0
2x 2 ( d – x )
I1 I2
=
x x–d
Id
x= 1
I1 – I 2
Q.9 One plano-convex and one plano-concave lens of same radius of curvature 'R' but of different materials are
joined side by side as shown in the figure. If the refractive index of the material of 1 is 1 and that of 2 is 2,
then the focal length of the combination is :
1 2
1 2
R R R 2R
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 – (1 –  2 ) 2(1 –  2 ) 1 –  2 1 –  2
Ans. [3]
1 1 1   –1
Sol. = (1 – 1)  –  = 1
r1  –R R
1  –1
= 2
r2 –R
1 R
Therefore =
req 1 –  2
Q.10 A message signal of frequency 100 MHz and peak voltage 100 V is used to execute amplitude modulation on
a carrier wave of frequency 300 GHz and peak voltage 400 V. The modulation index and difference between
the two side band frequencies are :
(1) 0.25 ; 2 × 108 Hz
(2) 4 ; 1 × 108 Hz
(3) 4 ; 2 × 108 Hz
(4) 0.25 ; 1 × 108 Hz
Ans. [1]
Sol. s = 2fs, fs = 100 × 106, Es = 100 V
9
c = 2fc, fc = 300 × 10 Hz, Ec = 400 V

Page 91
E s 100
modulation index m =  = 0.25
E c 400
side band F = Fmax – Fmin
= (Fs + Fc) – (Fc + Fs)
= 108 (3000  1) – (3000 – 1) 
= 108 (2) = 2 ×108
Q.11 A cylinder with fixed capacity of 67.2 lit contains helium gas at STP. The amount of heat needed to raise the
temperature of the gas by 20°C is : [Given that R = 8.31 J mol–1 K–1]
(1) 748 J (2) 350 J (3) 374 J (4) 700 J
Ans. [1]
Sol. Q = nCvdT
= 748 Joule
Q.12 A stationary source emits sound waves of frequency 500 Hz. Two observers moving along a line passing
through the source detect sound to be of frequencies 480 Hz and 530 Hz. Their respective speeds are, in ms–1,
(Given speed of sound = 300 m/s)
(1) 12, 16 (2) 12, 18 (3) 16,14 (4) 8, 18
Ans. [2]
n 500
Sol. nA = (v – vA) = [300 – VA] = 480
v 300
480  3
300 – VA = = 288
5
VA = 300 – 288 = 12 m/s
n
similarly nB = (v + vB)
v
VB = 18 m/s
Q.13 Given below in the left column are different modes of communication using the kinds of waves given in the
right column.
A. Optical Fibre P. Ultrasound

communication
B. Radar Q. Infrared Light
C. Sonar R. Microwaves
D. Mobile Phones S. Radio Waves
From the options given below, find the most appropriate match between entries in the left and the right
column.
(1) A-R, B-P, C-S, D-Q (2) A-S, B-Q, C-R, D-P
(3) A-Q, B-S, C-R, D-P (4) A-Q, B-S, C-P, D-R
Ans. [4]
Sol. According to frequency
AQ; BS; CP ; DR

Page 92
Q.14 The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by

E = E0 î cos(kz) cos (t)

The corresponding magnetic field B is then given by :
 E  E
(1) B = 0 k̂ sin (kz) cos (t) (2) B = 0 ˆj sin (kz) sin (t)
C C
 E0  E0
(3) B = ˆj sin (kz) cos (t) (4) B = ˆj cos (kz) sin (t)
C C
Ans. [2]

Sol. E = E0 coskz cost î

vibration of B = perpendicular to E and propagation of electro magnetic wave is in z direction. Hence

the direction of vibration of B should be along ˆj .
E0
=C
B0
 E
B = 0 sin t sin kz ˆj
C
Q.15 In an experiment, the resistance of a material is plotted as a function of temperature (in some range). As
shown in the figure, it is a straight line.
ln R(T)
1/T2
One may conclude that :
2
/ T02 R0 2
/ T02 2 2
(1) R (T )  R 0 e T (2) R(T) = 2
(3) R (T )  R 0 e – T (4) R (T )  R 0 e – T0 / T
T
Ans. [4]
Sol. y = – mx + c
m
ln (R) = – 2 + c
T
– T02
If R = R0 e T2
T02
ln R = – + ln (R0)
T2
satisfies the equation
Q.16 A transformer consisting of 300 turns in the primary and 150 turns in the secondary gives output power of
2.2 kW. If the current in the secondary coil is 10 A, then the input voltage and current in the primary
coil are ;
(1) 440 V and 20 A (2) 440 V and 5 A
(3) 220 V and 20 A (4) 220 V and 10 A

Page 93
Ans. [2]
Sol. np = 300, ns = 150
is np
=
ip ns
ns
ip = is = 5A
np
2.2  103
Ps = Vs is Vs = = 220
10
nP 300
VP = Vs = 220 ×
ns 150
= 440V
Q.17 In a photoelectric effect experiment the threshold wavelength of light is 380 nm. If the wavelength of
incident light is 260 nm, the maximum kinetic energy of emitted electrons will be :
1237
Given E (in eV) =
(in nm )
(1) 3.0 eV (2) 1.5 eV (3) 4.5 eV (4) 15.1 eV
Ans. [2]
1237 1237
Sol. 0 = , E= of photon
380 260
KE of electron kE = E – 0 = 1.5 eV
Q.18 The ratio of surface tensions of mercury and water is given to be 7.5 while the ratio of their densities is 13.6.
Their contact angles, with glass, are close to 135° and 0°, respectively. It is observed that mercury gets
depressed by an amount h in a capillary tube of radius r1, while water rises by the same amount h in a
capillary tube of radius r2. The ratio (r1/r2), is then close to :
(1) 2/3 (2) 4/5 (3) 2/5 (4) 3/5
Ans. [3]
Sol. hHg = hwater
2T cos 
h=
Rg
R Hg 2
= = 0.4
Rw 5
Q.19 A proton, an electron, and a helium nucleus, have the same energy. They are in circular orbits in a plane due
to magnetic field perpendicular to the plane. Let rp, re and rHe be their respective radii, then,
(1) re < rp < rHe (2) re > rp = rHe (3) re < rp = rHe (4) re > rp > rHe
Ans. [3]
2mE
Sol. r= E = same
Bq
m
r
q
mp m
proton = , He+2
qp q
 rp = rHe

Page 94
me mp
For electron < proton
qe qp
 re < rp = rHe
Q.20 A particle of mass m is moving along a trajectory given by

x = x0 + a cos 1t
y = y0 + b sin 2t
The torque, acting on the particle about the origin , at t = 0 is :
(1) – m (x0 b22 – y0 a12 ) k̂ (2) Zero
(3)  my 0 a12 k̂ (4) m(– x 0 b  y 0 a )12 k̂

Ans. [3]
Sol. x = x0 + a cos 1t
y = y0 + b sin 2t

r = x î + y ˆj

 d2r
acceleration a = 2
dt
  
 = r × F
 
= ( r  a) m
= ( my 0 a12 ) k̂
Q.21 The value of acceleration due to gravity at Earth's surface is 9.8 ms–2. The altitude above its surface at which
the acceleration due to gravity decreases to 4.9 ms–2, is close to : (Radius of earth = 6.4 × 106 m)
(1) 6.4 × 106 m (2) 2.6 × 106 m (3) 1.6 × 106 m (4) 9.0 × 106 m
Ans. [2]
g g
Sol. gh = 2
, gh =
 h 2
1  
 R
2
 h
1   = 2
 R 
h
1+ = 2
R
h = R ( 2 –1)
= (1.4 –1) × 64 × 105 m
= 2.6 × 106 m

Page 77
Ans. [3]
d
Sol. = = 10
dt
 = I
5
= (MR2) 
4
= 2 × 10–5 N–m
Q.7 Space between two concentric conducting spheres of radii a and b (b > a) is filled with a medium of
resistivity The resistance between the two spheres will be :
 1 1  1 1  1 1  1 1
(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)   
2  a b  4  a b  2  a b  4  a b 
Ans. [4]
 b  a
Sol. Resistance of spherical shell is R =
4  ab 
Q.8 One mole of ideal gas passes through a process where pressure and volume obey the relation
 1  V 2 
P  P0 1   0   . Here P0 and V0 are constants. Calculate the change in the temperature of the gas if its
 2  V  
volume changes form V0 to 2V0
3 P0 V0 1 P0 V0 5 P0 V0 1 P0 V0
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 R 2 R 4 R 4 R
Ans. [3]
 2
V  
Sol. P = P0 1  2 0  
  V  
P0
When V1 = V0 P1 =
2
7
V2 = 2V0 P2 = P0
8
1
T = T2 – T1 = (P2V2 – V1P1)
nR
7 1P V
= –  0 0
4 2 R
5 P0 V0
=
4 R
Q.9 Water from a tap emerges vertically downwards with an initial speed of 1.0 ms–1. The cross-sectional area of
the tap is 10–4 m2. Assume that the pressure is constant throughout the stream of water and that the flow is
streamlined. The cross-sectional area of the stream, 0.15 m below the tap would be : (Take g = 10 ms–2)
(1) 5 × 10–4 m2 (2) 2 × 10–5 m2 (3) 5 × 10–5 m2 (4) 1 × 10–5 m2
Ans. [3]

Page 78
Sol.
0.15m
A1V2 = A2V2
10–4 × 1 = A2V2
A2V2 = 10–4
Bernoulli's theorem
1
2
 
 V12  V22 + gh = 0
V22 = V12 + 2gh

V2 = 2
10 –4
 A2 = = 5 × 10–5 m2
2
Q.10 A square loop is carrying a steady current I and the magnitude of its magnetic dipole moment is m. if this
square loop is changed to a circular loop and it carries the same current, the magnitude of the magnetic dipole
moment of circular loop will be:
4m 3m 2m m
(1) (2) (3) (4)
   
Ans. [1]
Sol. m = nIA = 1 × I × a2
a = side of square
 4a = 2r
4a 2a
r= =
2 
2
 2a 
 m' = I   . For circular loop

4m
m' = 

Q.11 A submarine experiences a pressure of 5.05 × 106 Pa at a depth of d1 in a sea. When it goes further to a depth
of d2, it experiences a pressure of 8.08 × 106 Pa. Then d2 –d1 is approximately (density of water = 103 kg/m3
and acceleration due to gravity = 10 ms–2) :
(1) 600 m (2) 400 m (3) 300 m (4) 500 m
Ans. [3]

Page 97
Q.26 A uniformly charged ring of radius 3a and total charge q is placed in xy-plane centred at origin. A point
charge q is moving towards the ring along the z-axis and has speed v at z = 4a. The minimum value of v such
that it crosses the origin is :
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2
2  1 q2  2  2 q2  2  1 q2  2  4 q2 
(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)  
m  5 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a 
Ans. [2]
Sol.
+ q
+
+
+
+ 3a v
+ + 4a q
+ +
+ +
1
mv2 = PE
2
2kq 2
=
15 a
4 kq 2
v=
15m a
I1
Q.27 Two coaxial discs, having moments of inertia I1 and , are rotating with respective angular velocities 1
2
1
and , about their common axis. They are brought in contact with each other and thereafter they rotate
2
with a common angular velocity. If Ef and Ei are the final and initial total energies, then (Ef –Ei) is :
I112 3 2 I112 I112
(1) (2) I11 (3) – (4) –
6 8 12 24
Ans. [4]
Sol. conservation of angular momentum
Li = LF
1
and kinetic energy = I2
2
I112
put the value KE = –
24
Q.28 n moles of an ideal gas with constant volume heat capacity CV undergo an isobaric expansion by certain
volume. The ratio of the work done in the process, to the heat supplied is :
nR nR 4nR 4nR
(1) (2) (3) (4)
C V  nR C V – nR C V  nR C V – nR
Ans. [1]
Sol. In isobaric process w = nRdT
w = Q – U

Page 98
Q = nCpdT
w nRdT R R
= = =
Q nC p dT Cp CV  R
nR
=
nC V  nR
nR
=
C V  nR
Q.29 Two radioactive materials A and B have decay constants 10  and , respectively. If initially they have the
same number of nuclei, then the ratio of the number of nuclei of A to that of B will be 1/e after a time
1 11 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
10 10 9 11
Ans. [3]
Sol. 1 = 10 , 2 = 
N1 e –10 t
= – t = e–9t = e–1
N2 e
1
t=
9
Q.30 The displacement of a damped harmonic oscillator is given by

x(t) = e–0.1t cos (10t + ). Here t is in seconds.
The time taken for its amplitude of vibration to drop to half of its initial value is close to :
(1) 4 s (2) 13 s (3) 7 s (4) 27 s
Ans. [3]
A0
Sol. = A0e–0.1t
2
t = 10 ln (2)
= 7 sec

Page 99

PHYSICS
Q.1 50 W/m2 energy density of sunlight is normally incident on the surface of a solar panel. Some part of incident
energy (25%) is reflected from the surface and the rest is absorbed. The force exerted on 1 m2 surface area
will be close to (c = 3×108 m/s) :
(1) 20 × 10–8 N (2) 35 × 10–8 N (3) 10 × 10–8 N (4) 15 × 10–8 N
Ans. [1]
25  2I  75  I 
Sol. F=    
100  c  100  c 
225  I 
=  
100  c 
125 50
= 
100 30  108
= 20.8 × 10–8 N
Q.2 The physical sizes of the transmitter and receiver antenna in a communication system are :
(1) inversely proportional to modulation frequency
(2) proportional to carrier frequency
(3) inversely proportional to carrier frequency
(4) independent of both carrier and modulation frequency
Ans. [3]
Sol. By theory size of atenna of reciever and transmitter both inverse to carrier frequency
Q.3 A moving coil galvanometer has a coil with 175 turns and area 1 cm2. It uses a torsion band of torsion
constant 10–6 N-m/rad. The coil is placed in a magnetic field B parallel to its plane. The coil deflects by 1°
for a current of 1 mA. The value of B (in Tesla) is approximately :
(1) 10–3 (2) 10–1 (3) 10–4 (4) 10–2
Ans. [1]
Sol.  = MB

C  = NIAB

10–6 = 10–3 × 10–4 × 175 B
180
B = 10–3 T

Page 100
Q.4 Two coil 'P' and 'Q' are separated by some distance. When a current of 3 A flows through coil 'P' a magnetic
flux of 10–3 Wb passes through 'Q'. No current is passed through 'Q'. When no current passes through 'P' and
a current of 2 A passes through 'Q', the flux through 'P' is :
(1) 6.67 × 10–3 Wb (2) 3.67 × 10–4 Wb (3) 6.67 × 10–4 Wb (4) 3.67 × 10–3 Wb
Ans. [3]
Sol.  = BA
 0 i1R 2
P = r2 = 10–3
2( R 2  x 2 ) 3 / 2
 0i 2 r 2
Q = R2
2( r 2  x 2 ) 3 / 2
3/ 2
P i 2  R2  x2 
  2 
q i1  r  x2 
 
2  103
P = = 6.67 × 10–4
3
Q.5 A particle of mass 'm' is moving with speed '2v' and collides with a mass '2m' moving with speed 'v' in the
same direction. After collision, the first mass is stopped completely while the second one splits into two
particles each of mass 'm', which move at angle 45° with respect to the original direction.
The speed of each of the moving particle will be :
(1) 2 (2) v/ ( 2 2 ) (3) / 2 (4) 2 2 
Ans. [4]
Sol.
m
after collision
before collision
45°
m 2v 2m v m
45°
v=0
m
Momentum conservation in x directon
2mv + 2mv = mv'cos 45° + mv' cos 45°
4v = 2 v'
v' = 2 2v
4
Q.6 A wooden block floating in a bucket of water has of its volume submerged. When certain amount of an oil
5
is poured into the bucket, it is found that the block is just under the oil surface with half of its volume under
water and half in oil. The density of oil relative to that of water is :
(1) 0.7 (2) 0.5 (3) 0.8 (4) 0.6
Ans. [4]
Sol. For case 1
mg = F3
mg = m'g

Page 101
4
m= Vdw
5
For case 2
mg = Fbw + Fbo
v v
m = dw + do
2 2
By equation 1 & 2
4 V V
Vdw = dw + do
5 2 2
d0 6
 = 0.6
d w 10
Q.7 The position of a particle as a function of time t, is given by

x(t) = at + bt2 – ct3
where a, b and c are constants. When the particle attains zero acceleration, then its velocity will be :
b2 b2 b2 b2
(1) a + (2) a + (3) a + (4) a +
4c c 3c 2c
Ans. [3]
Sol. x = at + bt2 – ct3
v = a + 2bt – 3 ct2
acceleration = 2b – 6ct = 0
2b b
f= 
6c 3c
b
so velocity at t =
3c
b b2
v = a + 2b – 3c 2
3c 9c
b2
=a+
3c
Q.8 A thin smooth rod of length L and mass M is rotating freely with angular speed 0 about an axis
perpendicular to the rod and passing through its center. Two beads of mass m and negligible size are at the
center of the rod initially. The beads are free to slide along the rod. The angular speed of the system, when
the beads reach the opposite ends of the rod, will be :
M 0 M 0 M 0 M 0
(1) (2) (3) (4)
M  3m M  2m Mm M  6m
Ans. [4]
Sol.
J1=J2 (Angular momentum conservation)

M 2  M 2 2m 2 
0 =   
12  12 4 
M0
=
M  6m

Page 102
Q.9 A very long solenoid of readius R is carrying current I(t) = kte–t (k > 0), as a function of time (t  0).
Counter clockwise current is taken to be positive. A circular conducting coil of radius 2R is placed in the
equatorial plane of the solenoid and concentric with the solenoid. The current induced in the outer coil is
correctly depicted, as a function of time, by :
I I I I
t
(1) t=0 (2) t=0 (3) (4) t=0
t t t=0 t
Ans. [2]
Sol.  = (0nKte–t) 4R2
 d
e= = –ce–t (1 – t)
dt
 ce  t (1  t )
iinduced =
R
at t = 0
iind  +Vc
Q.10 Moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1.5 kg m2. Initially the body is at rest. In order to produce a
rotational kinetic energy of 1200 J, the angular acceleration of 20 rad/s2 must be applied about the axis for a
duration of :
(1) 5 s (2) 3 s (3) 2.5 s (4) 2 s
Ans. [4]
Sol. 1 = 0,  = 20
2 = 1 + t
2 = 20 t
1 2
I = 1200
2
1
1.5 × 400 t2 = 1200
2
t = 2 sec
Q.11 The parallel combination of two air filled parallel plate capacitors of capacitance C and nC is connected to a
battery of voltage, V. When the capacitors are fully charged, the battery is removed and after that a dielectric
material of dielectric constant K is placed between the two plates of the first capacitor. The new potential
difference of the combined system is :
V nV ( n  1) V
(1) (2) (3) (4) V
Kn Kn (K  n)
Ans. [3]
Sol. After full changing.
q1=C1V q2 = nC1V
q = CV + nCV
= (n+1) CV
Due to insertion of dielectric
q1 = KCVC
q2 = nCVC
q
VC = total
Ceff
( n  1)CV ( n  1)
=  V
KC  nC Kn

Page 103
Q.12 The resistance of a galvanometer is 50 ohm and the maximum current which can be passed though it is 0.002
A. What resistance must be connected to it in order to convert it into an ammeter of range 0–0.5 A ?
(1) 0.2 ohm (2) 0.002 ohm (3) 0.02 ohm (4) 0.5 ohm
Ans. [1]
Ig G=50
Sol.
S
Iy = 0.002 A
2(0.5 – 0.002) = 50 × 0.002
0 .1
2= = 0.2
0.498
Q.13 The position vector of a particle changes with time according to the relation r (t) = 15t2 î + (4–20t2) ˆj . What
is the magnitude of the acceleration at t = 1 ?
(1) 100 (2) 40 (3) 50 (4) 25
Ans. [3]
Sol. r (t) = 15t2 î + (4–20t2) ˆj
V = 30 t i – 40 tj
acceleration = 30 i – 40 j
a= 302  ( 40) 2
= 50
Q.14 A massless spring (k = 800 N/m) attached with mass (500 g) is completely immersed in 1 kg of water. The
spring is stretched by 2 cm and released so that it starts vibrating. What would be the order of magnitude of
the change in the temperature of water when the vibrations stop completely? (Assume that the water
container and spring receive negligible heat and specific heat of mass = 400 J/kg K, specific heat of water =
4184 J/kg K)
(1) 10–3 K (2) 10–4 K (3) 10–5 K (4) 10–1 K
Ans. [3]
1
Sol. Kx2 = (m SdT)0 + (m SdT) w
2
2
1  2 
800   = (0.5×400+1×4184) dT
2  100 
1600
= dT
4264  104
dT = 3 × 10–5
Order 10–5 K
Q.15 Two materials having coefficients of thermal conductivity '3K' and 'K' and thickness d and '3d' respectively,
are joined to form a slab as shown in the figure. The temperatures of the outer surfaces are '2' and '1'
respectivlely, (2 > 1). The temperature at the interface is :
d 3d
2 3K K 1
2  1 1 22 1 92 1 52
(1) (2)  (3)  (4) 
2 3 3 10 10 6 6

Page 104
Ans. [3]
d  3d
Sol. 2 3K K 1
Heat current will be same in both
H1 = H2
3KA KA
(2 – ) = (– 1)
d 3d
92 – 9 =  – 1
  9 2
= 1
10
1 92
= 
10 10
Q.16 Two cars A and B are moving away from each other in opposite directions. Both the cars are moving with a
speed of 20 ms–1 with respect to the ground. If an observer in car A detects a frequency 2000 Hz of the sound
coming from car B, what is the natural frequency of the sound source in car B?
(speed of sound in air = 340 ms–1)
(1) 2060 Hz (2) 2150 Hz (3) 2300 Hz (4) 2250 Hz
Ans. [4]
B A
Sol. source Obs.
VB = 20 m/sec VA = 20 m/sec
 v  v0 
n' = n  
 v  vs 
 340  20 
2000 = n  
 340  20 
 320 
2000 = n  
 360 
9
n = 2000 × = 2250 hr
8
Q.17 Diameter of the objective lens of a telescope is 250 cm. For light of wavelength 600 nm. coming from a
distant object, the limit of resolution of the telescope if close to :
(1) 2.0 × 10–7 rad (2) 4.5 × 10–7 rad (3) 1.5 × 10–7 rad (4) 3.0 × 10–7 rad
Ans. [4]
1.22
Sol. resolution limit+ =
d
9
1.22  600  10
=
250  10 2
= 2.9 × 10–7 rad
= 3.0 × 10–7
Q.18 The logic gate equivalent to the given logic circuit is :

A
Y
B
(1) AND (2) OR (3) NOR (4) NAND

Page 105
Ans. [2]
Sol. A B
0 0 0
0 1 1
1 0 1
1 1 1
So it is OR gate
Q.19 A thin convex lens L (refractive index = 1.5) is placed on a plane mirror M. When a pin is placed at A, such
that OA = 18 cm, its real inverted image is formed at A itself, as shown in figure. When a liquid of refractive
index  is put between the lens and the mirror, the pin has to be moved to A', such that OA' = 27 cm, to get
its inverted real image at A' itself. The value of  will be :
A'
A
L
M
O
4 3
(1) 3 (2) (3) (4) 2
3 2
Ans. [2]
1 1 2 1
Sol.   
f1 2 18 18
1   1

f1  18
2 2
P=  ( – 1)
18 18
 18 
Fm = –  
 2   
2 = 6 – 3 
4
 =
3
Q.20 A wedge of mass M=4 m lies on a frictionless plane. A particle of mass m approaches the wedge with speed
. There is no friction between the particle and the plane or between the particle and the wedge. The
maximum height climbed by the particle on the wedge is given by :
22 2 22 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7g 2g 5g g
Ans. [3]
 h v'
4m
m v
Sol.
conservation of momentum
mv = 5 mv'
v
v' =
5
energy conservation

Page 106
1 1
mv2 = 5mv'2 + mgh
2 2
2
1 2 5 v
v =   + gh
2 2 5
v2 v2
 = gh
2 10
2v 2
h=
5g
Q.21 The area of a square is 5.29 cm2. The area of 7 such squares taking into account the significant figures is :
(1) 37.03 cm2 (2) 37.0 cm2 (3) 37 cm2 (4) 37.030 cm2
Ans. [1]
Sol. Total area = 7 × 5.29
= 37.03 cm2
special comment :
Answer should be in two digit after decimal so answer should be (1), NTA give (4)
Q.22 The specific heats, CP and CV of a gas of diatomic milecules, A, are given (in units of J mol–1 K–1) by 29 and
22, respectively. Another gas of diatomic moleucles, B, has the corresponding values 30 and 21. If they are
treated as ideal gases, then :
(1) Both A and B have a vibrational mode each (2) A is rigid but B has a vibrational mode.
(3) A has a vibrational mode but B has none. (4) A has one vibrational mode and B has two.
Ans. [3]
Sol. For A :
C p 29

C V 22
2 29
1+ 
f 22
2 7

f 22
44
f= = 6.6
7
3 translation, 2 rotation, remaining vibration
For B :
2 30
1+ 
f 21
2 9

f 21
42
f=
9
No vibrational

Page 107
Q.23 In a conductor, if the number of conduction electrons per unit volume is 8.5 × 1028 m–3 and mean free time is
25 fs (femto second), it's approximate resistivity is :
(me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg)
(1) 10–5 m (2) 10–7 m (3) 10–8 m (4) 10–6 m
Ans. [3]
Sol. m = ne2 
m
n= 2
e 
9.1  1031
=
25  1015  (1.6  10 19 ) 2  8.5  1028
= 1.67 × 10–8  m
Q.24 A He+ ion is in its first excited state. Its ionization energy is :
(1) 48.36 eV (2) 13.60 eV (3) 54.40 eV (4) 6.04 eV
Ans. [2]
z2
Sol. E = –13.6 eV
n2
Z=2,n=2
E = –13.6 eV
ionisation energy is
= +13.6 eV
Q.25 A metal wire of resistance 3 is elongated to make a uniform wire of double its previous length. This new
wire is now bent and the ends joined to make a circle. If two points on this circle make an angle 60° at the
centre, the equivalent resistance between these two points will be :
5 5 7 12
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 
2 3 2 5
Ans. [2]
Sol. R=3
When length become double
   2 
R = 12  ,  R   
 A V 
10 
60°
R
10
REff =
6
5
=
3
Q.26 Four point charges –q, +q, +q and –q are placed on y-axis at y = –2d, y = –d, y = +d, y = +2d, respectively.
The magnitude of the electric field E at a point a the x-axis at x = D, with D>>d, will behave as :
1 1 1 1
(1) E  (2) E  3 (3) E  4 (4) E  2
D D D D

Page 108
Ans. [3]
Sol. EP = 2E1 cos 1 – 2E1 cos 2
2K q D 2K q D
= 2 2
 2 2 3/ 2
 
d  D (d  D ) ( 2d )  D [( 2d)  D 2 ]3 / 2
2 2 2
= 2K qD [(d2+D2)–3/2 – (4d2 + D2)–3/2] d << D

2
2 K qD  3 d 3  4d 
= 2 
1  1 
D  2D 2
2 D 2 
9 Kqd2
=
D4
Q.27 A particle 'P' is formed due to a completely inelastic collision of particles 'x' and 'y' having de-Broglie
wavelengths 'x' and 'y' respectively. If x and y were moving in oppoiste directions, then the de-Broglie
wavelength of 'P' is :
xy xy
(1) x – y (2) (3) x + y (4)
x   y x  y
Ans. [2]
Sol. Momentum conservation
P1 + P2 = P
h h h 1 2
   =
1  2   2  1
Q.28 A string 2.0 m long and fixed at its ends is driven by a 240 Hz vibrator. The string vibrates in its third
harmonic mode. The speed of the wave and its fundamental frequency is :
(1) 320 m/s, 80 Hz (2) 180 m/s, 120 Hz (3) 320 m/s, 120 Hz (4) 180 m/s, 80 Hz
Ans. [1]
2m
Sol.
3V
= 240
2
V
= 80 (fundumental frequency)
2
V
= 80
22
V = 320 m/sec (velocity)
Q.29 A convex lens of focal length 20 cm produces images of the same magnification 2 when an object is kept at
two distance x1 and x2 (x1 > x2) from the lens. The ratio of x1 and x2 is :
(1) 4 : 3 (2) 3 : 1 (3) 2 : 1 (4) 5 : 3
Ans. [2]
Sol. Magnification = 2
f
for x1 = 3
2
f
x2 =
2
x1
=3:1
x2

Page 109
K
Q.30 A test particle is moving in a circular orbit in the gravitational field produced by a mass density (r) = .
r2
Identify the correct relation between the radius R of the particle's orbit and its period T :
(1) T/R2 is a constant (2) T/R is a constant (3) T2/R3 is a constant (4) TR is a constant
Ans. [2]
M
Sol.
mv 2 GMm

r r2
GM
v=
r
dm = (4r2dr) 
2 K
 dm   4r dr. r 2
m = 4 Kr
G 4Kr
V=
r
V= 4KG
2R
T=
V
T
const.
R

Page 110

PHYSICS
Q.1 An NPN transistor is used in common emitter configuration as an amplifier with 1 k load resistance. Signal
voltage of 10 mV is applied across the base-emitter. The produces a 3 mA change in the collector current and
15 A change in the base current of the amplifier. The input resistance and voltage gain are –
(1) 0.67 k, 300 (2) 0.67 k, 200 (3) 0.33 k, 1.5 (4) 0.33 k, 300
Ans. [1]
Sol.
Current input = 15 × 10–6
Current output = 3 × 10–3
R0 = 1000
Vin = 10 × 10–3
Vin = rin × Iin
2000
rin = = .67 k
3
V0 1000  3  10 3
Voltage gain = = = 300
Vi 10  10 3
Q.2 For a given at 1 atm pressure, rms speed of the molecules is 200 m/s at 127ºC. At 2 atm pressure and at
227ºC, the rms speed of the molecules will be –
(1) 100m/s (2) 80 5 m/s (3) 100 5 m/s (4) 80 m/s
Ans. [3]
3RT
Sol. Vrms =
Mw
V2 T2
=
V1 T1
V2 500
=
200 400
V2 = 100 5

Page 111
Q.3 A stationary horizontal disc is free to rotate about its axis. When a torque is applied on it, its kinetic energy
as a function of , where  is the angle by which is has rotated, is given as k2. If its moment of inertia is I
then the angular acceleration of the disc is -
k k k 2k
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 
I 2I 4I I
Ans. [4]
1
Sol. Given that energy  I2 = k2
2
1 2 2
I = k
2
By differentiate
1 d d
I × 2 = 2k
2 dt dt
d
I = 2k
d
2k
=
I
Q.4 The pressure wave, P = 0.01 sin [1000t – 3x] Nm–2, corresponds to the sound produced by vibrating blade on
a day when atmospheric temperature is 0ºC. On some other day when temperature is T, the speed of sound
produced by the same blade and at the same frequency is found to be 336 ms–1/ Approximate value of T is -
(1) 4ºC (2) 12ºC (3) 11ºC (4) 15ºC
Ans. [1]
w
Sol. Speed of sound =
k
1000
=
3
v T
V2 T2
=
V1 T1
336 7
=
1000 / 3 273
T = 277 K (appr.)
T = 4ºC
Q.5 An HCl molecule has rotational, translational and vibrational motions. If the rms velocity of HCl molecules
in its gaseous phase is  , m is its mass and kB is Boltzmann constant, then its temperature will be -
m 2 m 2 m 2 m 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7k B 6k B 5k B 3k B
Ans. [Bonus]
f
Sol. Energy of molecules = kT
2
1 3
For translational mV2 = kT
2 2
2
mV
T=
3k
According to Translational equation

Page 112
mV 2
Ans should be (4)
3K
mV 2
NTA has given (2)
6K
So NTA should correct this ans.
Q.6 The stream of a river is flowing with a speed of 2 km/h. A swimmer can swim at a speed of 4 km/h. What
should be the direction of the swimmer with respect to the flow of the river to cross the river straight ?
(1) 60º (2) 90º (3) 150º (4) 120º
Ans. [4]
Vr
Sol. Vm

Vm sin  = Vr
4 sin  = 2
1
Sin =
2
 = 30º
Angle from river flow = 30º + 90º = 120º
Q.7 The following bodies are made to roll up (without slipping) the same inclined plane from a horizontal plane :
R R
(i) a ring of radius R, (ii) a solid cylinder of radius and (iii) a solid sphere of radius . If, in each case,
2 4
the speed of the center of mass at the bottom of the incline is same, the ratio of the maximum heights they
climb is -
(1) 14 : 15 : 20 (2) 10 : 15 : 7 (3) 2 : 3 : 4 (4) 4 : 3 : 2
Ans. [Bonus]
Sol. By energy conservation
1  k2 
mv2 1   = mgh
2  r2 
 
 k  2
h  1  
 r 2 
 
 1  2
h1 : h2 : h3  (1 + 1) : 1   : 1  
 2  5
3 7
 2: :
2 5
 20 : 15 : 14
Ans. Should be 20 : 15 : 14
NTA has give 10 : 15 : 7
So (Q) should bonus by NTA

Page 92
Q.14 The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by

E = E0 î cos(kz) cos (t)

The corresponding magnetic field B is then given by :
 E  E
(1) B = 0 k̂ sin (kz) cos (t) (2) B = 0 ˆj sin (kz) sin (t)
C C
 E0  E0
(3) B = ˆj sin (kz) cos (t) (4) B = ˆj cos (kz) sin (t)
C C
Ans. [2]

Sol. E = E0 coskz cost î

vibration of B = perpendicular to E and propagation of electro magnetic wave is in z direction. Hence

the direction of vibration of B should be along ˆj .
E0
=C
B0
 E
B = 0 sin t sin kz ˆj
C
Q.15 In an experiment, the resistance of a material is plotted as a function of temperature (in some range). As
shown in the figure, it is a straight line.
ln R(T)
1/T2
One may conclude that :
2
/ T02 R0 2
/ T02 2 2
(1) R (T )  R 0 e T (2) R(T) = 2
(3) R (T )  R 0 e – T (4) R (T )  R 0 e – T0 / T
T
Ans. [4]
Sol. y = – mx + c
m
ln (R) = – 2 + c
T
– T02
If R = R0 e T2
T02
ln R = – + ln (R0)
T2
satisfies the equation
Q.16 A transformer consisting of 300 turns in the primary and 150 turns in the secondary gives output power of
2.2 kW. If the current in the secondary coil is 10 A, then the input voltage and current in the primary
coil are ;
(1) 440 V and 20 A (2) 440 V and 5 A
(3) 220 V and 20 A (4) 220 V and 10 A

Page 93
Ans. [2]
Sol. np = 300, ns = 150
is np
=
ip ns
ns
ip = is = 5A
np
2.2  103
Ps = Vs is Vs = = 220
10
nP 300
VP = Vs = 220 ×
ns 150
= 440V
Q.17 In a photoelectric effect experiment the threshold wavelength of light is 380 nm. If the wavelength of
incident light is 260 nm, the maximum kinetic energy of emitted electrons will be :
1237
Given E (in eV) =
(in nm )
(1) 3.0 eV (2) 1.5 eV (3) 4.5 eV (4) 15.1 eV
Ans. [2]
1237 1237
Sol. 0 = , E= of photon
380 260
KE of electron kE = E – 0 = 1.5 eV
Q.18 The ratio of surface tensions of mercury and water is given to be 7.5 while the ratio of their densities is 13.6.
Their contact angles, with glass, are close to 135° and 0°, respectively. It is observed that mercury gets
depressed by an amount h in a capillary tube of radius r1, while water rises by the same amount h in a
capillary tube of radius r2. The ratio (r1/r2), is then close to :
(1) 2/3 (2) 4/5 (3) 2/5 (4) 3/5
Ans. [3]
Sol. hHg = hwater
2T cos 
h=
Rg
R Hg 2
= = 0.4
Rw 5
Q.19 A proton, an electron, and a helium nucleus, have the same energy. They are in circular orbits in a plane due
to magnetic field perpendicular to the plane. Let rp, re and rHe be their respective radii, then,
(1) re < rp < rHe (2) re > rp = rHe (3) re < rp = rHe (4) re > rp > rHe
Ans. [3]
2mE
Sol. r= E = same
Bq
m
r
q
mp m
proton = , He+2
qp q
 rp = rHe

Page 94
me mp
For electron < proton
qe qp
 re < rp = rHe
Q.20 A particle of mass m is moving along a trajectory given by

x = x0 + a cos 1t
y = y0 + b sin 2t
The torque, acting on the particle about the origin , at t = 0 is :
(1) – m (x0 b22 – y0 a12 ) k̂ (2) Zero
(3)  my 0 a12 k̂ (4) m(– x 0 b  y 0 a )12 k̂

Ans. [3]
Sol. x = x0 + a cos 1t
y = y0 + b sin 2t

r = x î + y ˆj

 d2r
acceleration a = 2
dt
  
 = r × F
 
= ( r  a) m
= ( my 0 a12 ) k̂
Q.21 The value of acceleration due to gravity at Earth's surface is 9.8 ms–2. The altitude above its surface at which
the acceleration due to gravity decreases to 4.9 ms–2, is close to : (Radius of earth = 6.4 × 106 m)
(1) 6.4 × 106 m (2) 2.6 × 106 m (3) 1.6 × 106 m (4) 9.0 × 106 m
Ans. [2]
g g
Sol. gh = 2
, gh =
 h 2
1  
 R
2
 h
1   = 2
 R 
h
1+ = 2
R
h = R ( 2 –1)
= (1.4 –1) × 64 × 105 m
= 2.6 × 106 m

Page 95
Q.22 Two particles, of masses M and 2M, moving, as shown, with speeds of 10 m/s and 5 m/s, collide elastically
at the origin. After the collision, they move along the indicated directions with speeds v1 and v2, respectively.
The values of v1 and v2 are nearly :
M
2M
10 m/s v1
30° 30°
45° 45°
5 m/s v2
2M
M
(1) 3.2 m/s and 12.6 m/s (2) 3.2 m/s and 6.3 m/s
(3) 6.5 m/s and 6.3 m/s (4) 6.5 m/s and 3.2 m/s
Ans. [3]
Sol. using momentum conservation in x direction
m × 10 cos 30° + 2 m cos 45° = mv2 cos 45° + 2m v1 cos 30°
in y direction
2m (5) sin 45° – m × 10 sin 30° = 2m v1 sin 30° – mv2 sin 45°
solving equation v1 = 6.5 m/s , v2 = 6.3 m/s
Q.23 A ray of light AO in vacuum is incident on a glass slab at angle 60° and refracted at angle 30° along OB as
shown in the figure. The optical path length of light ray from A to B is :
A
60°
a O Vacuum
b Glass
30°
B
2 3 2b 2b
(1) 2a + 2b (2)  2b (3) 2a  (4) 2a 
a 3 3
Ans. [1]
Sol.
A
60°
a C
30°
b
C
a b sin 60
AC = , BC = ,=
cos 60 cos 30 sin 30
path = AC + BC
= 2a + 2b

Page 96
Q.24 Figure shows charge (q) versus voltage (V) graph for series and parallel combination of two given capacitors.
The capacitance are :
q(C)
A
500 B
80
10 V V (Volt)
(1) 50 F and 30 F (2) 40 F and 10 F (3) 20 F and 30 F (4) 60 F and 40 F

Ans. [2]
C1C 2 q 80
Sol. In series = = = 8 × 10–6
C1  C 2 V 10
q 500
In parallel C1 + C2 = = = 50 × 10–6
V 10
C1C2 = 400 × 10–6
C1 + C2 = 50 × 10–6
C1 = 10 F, C2 = 40F
Q.25 A ball is thrown upward with an initial velocity V0 from the surface of the earth. The motion of the ball is
affected by a drag force equal to mv2 (where m is mass of the ball, v is its instantaneous velocity and  is a
constant). Time taken by the ball to rise to its zenith is :
1   
(1) tan –1  V 
g  g 0
 
1  2 
(2) tan –1  V 
2 g  g 0
 
1   
(3) sin –1  V 
g  g 0
 
1   
(4) ln1  V0
g  g 
Ans. [1]
dv
Sol. a = – (g +v2) =
dt
V dv t
V0 g  v 2
= –
0 
dt
By integrating
1   
t= tan–1  V0 
g  g 

Page 97
Q.26 A uniformly charged ring of radius 3a and total charge q is placed in xy-plane centred at origin. A point
charge q is moving towards the ring along the z-axis and has speed v at z = 4a. The minimum value of v such
that it crosses the origin is :
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2
2  1 q2  2  2 q2  2  1 q2  2  4 q2 
(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)  
m  5 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a  m  15 4 0 a 
Ans. [2]
Sol.
+ q
+
+
+
+ 3a v
+ + 4a q
+ +
+ +
1
mv2 = PE
2
2kq 2
=
15 a
4 kq 2
v=
15m a
I1
Q.27 Two coaxial discs, having moments of inertia I1 and , are rotating with respective angular velocities 1
2
1
and , about their common axis. They are brought in contact with each other and thereafter they rotate
2
with a common angular velocity. If Ef and Ei are the final and initial total energies, then (Ef –Ei) is :
I112 3 2 I112 I112
(1) (2) I11 (3) – (4) –
6 8 12 24
Ans. [4]
Sol. conservation of angular momentum
Li = LF
1
and kinetic energy = I2
2
I112
put the value KE = –
24
Q.28 n moles of an ideal gas with constant volume heat capacity CV undergo an isobaric expansion by certain
volume. The ratio of the work done in the process, to the heat supplied is :
nR nR 4nR 4nR
(1) (2) (3) (4)
C V  nR C V – nR C V  nR C V – nR
Ans. [1]
Sol. In isobaric process w = nRdT
w = Q – U

Page 98
Q = nCpdT
w nRdT R R
= = =
Q nC p dT Cp CV  R
nR
=
nC V  nR
nR
=
C V  nR
Q.29 Two radioactive materials A and B have decay constants 10  and , respectively. If initially they have the
same number of nuclei, then the ratio of the number of nuclei of A to that of B will be 1/e after a time
1 11 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
10 10 9 11
Ans. [3]
Sol. 1 = 10 , 2 = 
N1 e –10 t
= – t = e–9t = e–1
N2 e
1
t=
9
Q.30 The displacement of a damped harmonic oscillator is given by

x(t) = e–0.1t cos (10t + ). Here t is in seconds.
The time taken for its amplitude of vibration to drop to half of its initial value is close to :
(1) 4 s (2) 13 s (3) 7 s (4) 27 s
Ans. [3]
A0
Sol. = A0e–0.1t
2
t = 10 ln (2)
= 7 sec

Page 99

PHYSICS
Q.1 50 W/m2 energy density of sunlight is normally incident on the surface of a solar panel. Some part of incident
energy (25%) is reflected from the surface and the rest is absorbed. The force exerted on 1 m2 surface area
will be close to (c = 3×108 m/s) :
(1) 20 × 10–8 N (2) 35 × 10–8 N (3) 10 × 10–8 N (4) 15 × 10–8 N
Ans. [1]
25  2I  75  I 
Sol. F=    
100  c  100  c 
225  I 
=  
100  c 
125 50
= 
100 30  108
= 20.8 × 10–8 N
Q.2 The physical sizes of the transmitter and receiver antenna in a communication system are :
(1) inversely proportional to modulation frequency
(2) proportional to carrier frequency
(3) inversely proportional to carrier frequency
(4) independent of both carrier and modulation frequency
Ans. [3]
Sol. By theory size of atenna of reciever and transmitter both inverse to carrier frequency
Q.3 A moving coil galvanometer has a coil with 175 turns and area 1 cm2. It uses a torsion band of torsion
constant 10–6 N-m/rad. The coil is placed in a magnetic field B parallel to its plane. The coil deflects by 1°
for a current of 1 mA. The value of B (in Tesla) is approximately :
(1) 10–3 (2) 10–1 (3) 10–4 (4) 10–2
Ans. [1]
Sol.  = MB

C  = NIAB

10–6 = 10–3 × 10–4 × 175 B
180
B = 10–3 T

Page 121

Physics
Q.1 A Solid sphere and solid cylinder of identical radii approach an incline with the same linear velocity (See
figure). Both roll without slipping all throughout. The two climb maximum heights hsph and hcyl on the
h sph
incline. The ratio is given by
h cyl
2 14 4
(1) (2) (3) (4) 1
5 15 5
Ans. [2]
1
Sol. mv 2 (1 + η) = mgh
2
h∝1+η
2
h sp 1 + 5 7 / 5 14
= = =
h cyl 1 + 1 3 / 2 15
2
Q.2 In a line of sight radio communication, a distance of about 50 km is kept between the transmitting and
receiving antennas. If the height of the receiving antena is 70m, then the minimum height of the transmitting
antenaa should be – (Radius of the Earth = 6.4 × 106 m).
(1) 32 m (2) 51 m (3) 40 m (4) 20 m
Ans. [1]
Sol. D = 2Rh T + 2Rh R
50 × 103 = 2Rh T + 2Rh R

2
hT = ⎡5 × 10 4 − 2 × 6.4 × 10 6 × 70 ⎤
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦
hT ~ 32 m

Page 122
Q.3 A rectangular solid box of length 0.3 m is held horizontally, with one of its sides on the edge of a platform
of height 5 m. When released, it slips off the table in a very short time τ = 0.01 s, remaining essentially
horizontal. The angle by which it would rotate when it hits the ground will be (in radians) close to –
l
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.02 (3) 0.28 (4) 0.3

Ans. [1]
MgL / 2 3g
Sol. α= =
ML2 / 3 2L
3g 30(0.01)
ω= τ= = 0.5
2L 2(0.3)
2×5
t= = 1sec
10
Δθ = ωt = (0.5) (1) = 0.5 Rad
Q.4 Young's moduli of two wires A and B are in the ratio 7 : 4. Wire A is 2 m long and has radius R. Wire B is
1.5 m long and has radius 2 mm. If the two wires stretch by the same length for a given load, then the value
of R is close to -
(1) 1.9 mm (2) 1.7 mm (3) 1.3 mm (4) 1.5 mm
Ans. [2]
F Δl
Sol. =Y
A l
AY
F∝
l
A1Y1 A 2 Y2
=
l1 l2
R 2 (7) 2 2 (4)
=
2 1.5
R = 1.74
Q.5 A particle starts from origin O from rest and moves with a uniform acceleration along the positive x-axis.
Identify all figures that correctly represent the motion qualitatively. (a = acceleration, v = velocity, x =
displacement, t = time)
x x
a v
(A) (B) (C) (D)
O t t O t O t
(1) (A) (2) (A), (B), (D) (3) (B), (C) (4) (A), (B), (C)

Page 123
Ans. [2]
Sol. a = constant
v
U∝t
t
x ∝ t2
O t
→
Q.6 The electric field in a region is given by E = (Ax + B)î , where E is in NC–1 and x is in metres. The value of
constants are A = 20 SI unit and B = 10 SI unit. If the potential at x =1 is V1 and that at x = –5 is V2, then
V1 – V2 is
(1) –520 V (2) 180 V (3) –48 V (4) 320 V
Ans. [2]
ΔV = [ x 2 ]1−5 + B[x ]1−5

A
Sol.
2
= 10(24) – 60
= 180
Q.7 A rocket has to be launched from earth in such a way that it never returns. If E is the minimum energy
delivered by the rocket launcher, what should be the minimum energy that the launcher should have if the
same rocket is to be launched from the surface of the moon? Assume that the density of the earth and the
moon are equal and that of earth's volume is 64 times the volume of the moon.
E E E E
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 32 16 64
Ans. [3]
Sol. E ∝ R2
E′ R2
=
E 16R 2
E
E' =
16
Q.8 A damped harmonic oscillator has a frequency of 5 oscillations per second. The amplitude drops to half its
1
value for every 10 oscillations. The time it will take to of the original amplitude is close to -
1000
(1) 50 s (2) 100 s (3) 10 s (4) 20 s
Ans. [4]
Sol. T = 2 sec
(2)10 ~ 1024
So time t = 10 T
= 20 sec

Page 124
Q.9 In a simple pendulum experiment for determination of acceleration due to gravity (g), time taken for 20
oscillations is measured by using a watch of 1 second least count. The mean value of time taken comes out to
be 30 s. The length of pendulum is measured by using a meter scale of least count 1 mm and the value
obtained is 55.0 cm. The percentage error in the determination of g is close to -
(1) 0.7 % (2) 6.8 % (3) 0.2 % (4) 3.5 %
Ans. [2]
l
Sol. T = 2π
g
4π 2 l
g=
T2
Δg Δl ΔT
= +2
g l T
Δg 0.1 1
% = × 100 + 2 × 100
g 55 30
= 6.8 %
Q.10 A nucleus A, with a finite de-broglie wavelength λA, undergoes spontaneous fission into two nuclei B and C
of equal mass. B flies in the same direction as that of A, while C flies in the opposite direction with a velocity
equal to half of that of B. The de-broglie wavelengths λB and λC of B and C are respectively -
λ λ
(1) λ A , A (2) λA, 2λA (3) 2λA, λA (4) A , λ A
2 2
Ans. [4]
Sol.
C B
PA PB PB
2
λA
λB = ; λ C = 2λ B = λ A
2
PB
PA = PB − ⇒ PB = 2PA
2
Q.11 The magnetic field of an electromagnetic wave is given by –

→ Wb
B = 1.6 × 10 −6 cos(2 × 10 7 z + 6 × 1015 t )(2î + ĵ) 2
m
The associated electric field will be -
→ V
(1) E = 4.8 × 10 2 cos(2 × 10 7 z + 6 × 1015 t )(−î + 2 ĵ)
m
→ V
(2) E = 4.8 × 10 2 cos(2 × 10 7 z − 6 × 1015 t )(2î + ĵ)
m
→ V
(3) E = 4.8 × 10 2 cos(2 × 10 7 z + 6 × 1015 t )(î − 2 ĵ)
m
→ V
(4) E = 4.8 × 10 2 cos(2 × 10 7 z − 6 × 1015 t )(−2 ĵ + î )
m

Page 125
Ans. [3]
Sol. E0 = CB0
= 3 × 108 × 1.6 × 10–6
= 4.8 ×102
→
B
Z-direction →
E
Q.12 A parallel plate capacitor has 1μF capacitance. One of its two plates is given +2μC charge and the other
plate, +4 μC charge. The potential difference developed across the capacitor is -
(1) 1V (2) 2V (3) 3V (4) 5V
Ans. [1]
4−2
Sol. q cap = = 1μC
2
q 10 −6
V= = = 1 volt
C 10 −6
Q.13 A uniform rectangular thin sheet ABCD of mas M has length a and breadth b, as shown in the figure. If the
shaded portion HBGO is cut-off, the coordinates of the centre of mass of the remaining portion will be -
(0, b) H (a, b)
A B
⎛a b⎞
⎜ , ⎟
⎝2 2⎠
E G
O
D C
(0, 0) F (a, 0)
⎛ 5a 5b ⎞ ⎛ 2a 2b ⎞ ⎛ 5a 5b ⎞ ⎛ 3a 3b ⎞
(1) ⎜ , ⎟ (2) ⎜ , ⎟ (3) ⎜ , ⎟ (4) ⎜ , ⎟
⎝ 3 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 3 ⎠ ⎝ 12 12 ⎠ ⎝ 4 4 ⎠
Ans. [3]
⎛a⎞ ⎛ 3a ⎞
2m⎜ ⎟ + m⎜ ⎟
Sol. XC = ⎝ ⎠
4 ⎝ 4 ⎠ = 5a
3m 12
⎛b⎞ ⎛b⎞
2 m⎜ ⎟ + m⎜ ⎟
YC = ⎝2⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠ = 5b
3m 12
Q.14 A convex lens (of focal length 20 cm) and a concave mirror, having their principal axes along the same lines,
are kept 80 cm apart from each other. The concave mirror is to the right of the convex lens. When an object
is kept at a distance of 30 cm to the left of the convex lens, its image remains at the same position even if the
concave mirror is removed. The maximum distance of the object for which this concave mirror, by itself
would produce a virtual image would be -
(1) 20 cm (2) 10 cm (3) 25 cm (4) 30 cm

Page 101
4
m= Vdw
5
For case 2
mg = Fbw + Fbo
v v
m = dw + do
2 2
By equation 1 & 2
4 V V
Vdw = dw + do
5 2 2
d0 6
 = 0.6
d w 10
Q.7 The position of a particle as a function of time t, is given by

x(t) = at + bt2 – ct3
where a, b and c are constants. When the particle attains zero acceleration, then its velocity will be :
b2 b2 b2 b2
(1) a + (2) a + (3) a + (4) a +
4c c 3c 2c
Ans. [3]
Sol. x = at + bt2 – ct3
v = a + 2bt – 3 ct2
acceleration = 2b – 6ct = 0
2b b
f= 
6c 3c
b
so velocity at t =
3c
b b2
v = a + 2b – 3c 2
3c 9c
b2
=a+
3c
Q.8 A thin smooth rod of length L and mass M is rotating freely with angular speed 0 about an axis
perpendicular to the rod and passing through its center. Two beads of mass m and negligible size are at the
center of the rod initially. The beads are free to slide along the rod. The angular speed of the system, when
the beads reach the opposite ends of the rod, will be :
M 0 M 0 M 0 M 0
(1) (2) (3) (4)
M  3m M  2m Mm M  6m
Ans. [4]
Sol.
J1=J2 (Angular momentum conservation)

M 2  M 2 2m 2 
0 =   
12  12 4 
M0
=
M  6m

Page 127
d
θ S
S N
P N
X
(M) Y
(2M)
⎛μ ⎞ M ⎛μ ⎞ M ⎛ μ ⎞ 2M
(1) 0 (2) ⎜ 0 ⎟ × qv (3) 2⎜ 0 ⎟ × qv (4) ⎜ 0 ⎟ × qv
⎝ 4π ⎠ ⎛ d ⎞ ⎝ 4π ⎠ ⎛ d ⎞ ⎝ 4π ⎠ ⎛ d ⎞
3 3 3
⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠
Ans. [1]
Sol. B
B2
45
B1
μ 2( M )
B1 = 0
4π (d / 2) 3
μ 0 ( 2M )
B2 =
4π (d / 2) 3
B1 = B2
→ → → →
V is along B thus F net = 0
Q.19 A positive point charge is released from rest at a distance r0 from a position line chare with uniform density.
The speed (v) of the point charge, as a function of instantaneous distance r from line charge, is proportional
distance r from line charge, is proportional to –
r0
⎛ r ⎞ ⎛ r ⎞ ⎛ r ⎞
(1) v ∝ e + r / r0 (2) v ∝ ln⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ (3) v ∝ ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ (4) v ∝ ln ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ r0 ⎠ ⎝ r0 ⎠ ⎝ r0 ⎠
Ans. [4]
1
Sol. E∝
r
⎛ r ⎞
ΔV ∝ ln⎜⎜ ⎟
⎟
⎝ r0 ⎠
1 ⎛ r ⎞
mv 2 ∝ ln ⎜⎜ ⎟
⎟
2 ⎝ r0 ⎠
⎛ r ⎞
v ∝ ln ⎜⎜ ⎟
⎟
⎝ r0 ⎠

Page 104
Ans. [3]
d  3d
Sol. 2 3K K 1
Heat current will be same in both
H1 = H2
3KA KA
(2 – ) = (– 1)
d 3d
92 – 9 =  – 1
  9 2
= 1
10
1 92
= 
10 10
Q.16 Two cars A and B are moving away from each other in opposite directions. Both the cars are moving with a
speed of 20 ms–1 with respect to the ground. If an observer in car A detects a frequency 2000 Hz of the sound
coming from car B, what is the natural frequency of the sound source in car B?
(speed of sound in air = 340 ms–1)
(1) 2060 Hz (2) 2150 Hz (3) 2300 Hz (4) 2250 Hz
Ans. [4]
B A
Sol. source Obs.
VB = 20 m/sec VA = 20 m/sec
 v  v0 
n' = n  
 v  vs 
 340  20 
2000 = n  
 340  20 
 320 
2000 = n  
 360 
9
n = 2000 × = 2250 hr
8
Q.17 Diameter of the objective lens of a telescope is 250 cm. For light of wavelength 600 nm. coming from a
distant object, the limit of resolution of the telescope if close to :
(1) 2.0 × 10–7 rad (2) 4.5 × 10–7 rad (3) 1.5 × 10–7 rad (4) 3.0 × 10–7 rad
Ans. [4]
1.22
Sol. resolution limit+ =
d
9
1.22  600  10
=
250  10 2
= 2.9 × 10–7 rad
= 3.0 × 10–7
Q.18 The logic gate equivalent to the given logic circuit is :

A
Y
B
(1) AND (2) OR (3) NOR (4) NAND

Page 129
Q.23 The temperature, at which the root mean square velocity of hydrogen molecules equals their escape velocity
from the earth, is closest to –
[Boltzmann Constant kB = 1.38 × 10–23 J/K ; Avogadro Number NA = 6.02 × 1026/ kg;
Radius of Earth : 6.4 × 106 m; Gravitational acceleration on earth = 10 ms–2]
(1) 650 K (2) 3 × 105 K (3) 800 K (4) 104 K
Ans. [4]
3RT 2GM E
Sol. Vrms = =
M RE
3 × 8.314 × T
= (11.2 × 10 3 ) 2
2 × 10 −3
T = 104 K
Q.24 Two very long, straight, and insulated wires are kept at 90° angle from each other in xy- plane as shown in the figure
y
I d P x
These wires carry currents of equal magnitude I, whose directions are shown in the figure. The net magnetic
field at point P will be -
μ0I μ0I +μ 0 I
(1) Zero (2) − ( x̂ + ŷ) (3) ( x̂ + ŷ) (4) (ẑ)
2πd 2πd πd
Ans. [1]
→ μ 0i μ i
Sol. B= k̂ − 0 k̂
2πd 2πd
→ →
B= 0
Q.25 A body of mass m1 moving with an unknown velocity of v1î , undergoes a collinear collision with a body of
mass m2 moving with a velocity v 2 î . After collision, m1 and m2 move with velocities of v 3 î and v 4 î ,
respectively . If m2 = 0.5 m1 and v3 = 0.5 v1, then v1 is -
v2 v2
(1) v 4 − (2) v4 + v2 (3) v 4 − (4) v4 – v2
4 2
Ans. [4]
Sol. m1v1î + m 2 v 2 î = m1 (0.5v1 )î + m 2 v 4 î
m1v 2 mv mv
m1v1î + i = 1 1 î + 1 4 î
2 2 2
v1 = v4 – v2
Q.26 The ratio of mass densities of nuclei of 40Ca and 16O is close to -
(1) 0.1 (2) 2 (3) 5 (4)1
Ans. [4]
Sol. ρnucleus ∝ A°
ρ Ca 1
=
ρO 1
1:1

Page 130
Q.27 In the figure shown, what is the current (in Ampere) drawn from the battery? You are given –
R1 = 15Ω, R2 = 10Ω, R3 = 20Ω, R4 = 5Ω, R5 = 25Ω, R6 = 30Ω, E = 15V
R3
+ R1
R2 R4
E
–
R6 R5
(1) 7/18 (2) 20/3 (3) 9/32 (4) 13/24
Ans. [3]
Sol.
15 20
+
15 10 5
–
30 25
15 3 9
i= = =
25 5 32
45 + 9+
3 3
Q.28 If surface tension (S), Moment of Inertia (I) and Plank's constant (h), were to be taken as the fundamental
units, the dimensional formula for linear momentum would be-
(1) S3/2I1/2h0 (2) S1/2I1/2h–1 (3) S1/2I3/2h–1 (4) S1/2I1/2h0
Ans. [4]
Sol. p ∝ mass × Energy
∝ mR 2S
∝ IS
⎡ 1 1⎤
[ p] = ⎢ I 2 S 2 ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦
Q.29 Let | A1 | = 3, | A 2 | = 5 and | A1 + A 2 | = 5 . The value of (2A1 + 3A 2 ) • (3A1 − 2A 2 ) is -

(1) –112.5 (2) –106.5 (3) –118.5 (4) –99.5
Ans. [3]
→ → → →
Sol. (2 A1 + 3 A 2 ) ⋅ (3 A1 − 2 A 2 )
→ → → →
= 6A12 − 4 A1 ⋅ A 2 + 9 A1 ⋅ A 2 − 6A 22
= 6(A12 − A 22 ) + 5A1A 2 cos θ
= –96 + 5A1A2 cosθ
25 = 9 + 25 + 2 (15 cos θ)
A1A2 cosθ = −9/2
5×9
= − 96 − = −118.5
2

Page 131
Q.30 The given diagram shows four processes i.e., isochoric, isobaric, isothermal and adiabatic. The correct
assignment of the processes, in the same order is given by -
a
P b
d c
V
(1) d a b c (2) a d c b (3) a d b c (4) d a c b
Ans. [1]
Sol. a → isobaric
d → isochoric
b → isothermal
c → adiabatic
(d a b c)

Page 108
Ans. [3]
Sol. EP = 2E1 cos 1 – 2E1 cos 2
2K q D 2K q D
= 2 2
 2 2 3/ 2
 
d  D (d  D ) ( 2d )  D [( 2d)  D 2 ]3 / 2
2 2 2
= 2K qD [(d2+D2)–3/2 – (4d2 + D2)–3/2] d << D

2
2 K qD  3 d 3  4d 
= 2 
1  1 
D  2D 2
2 D 2 
9 Kqd2
=
D4
Q.27 A particle 'P' is formed due to a completely inelastic collision of particles 'x' and 'y' having de-Broglie
wavelengths 'x' and 'y' respectively. If x and y were moving in oppoiste directions, then the de-Broglie
wavelength of 'P' is :
xy xy
(1) x – y (2) (3) x + y (4)
x   y x  y
Ans. [2]
Sol. Momentum conservation
P1 + P2 = P
h h h 1 2
   =
1  2   2  1
Q.28 A string 2.0 m long and fixed at its ends is driven by a 240 Hz vibrator. The string vibrates in its third
harmonic mode. The speed of the wave and its fundamental frequency is :
(1) 320 m/s, 80 Hz (2) 180 m/s, 120 Hz (3) 320 m/s, 120 Hz (4) 180 m/s, 80 Hz
Ans. [1]
2m
Sol.
3V
= 240
2
V
= 80 (fundumental frequency)
2
V
= 80
22
V = 320 m/sec (velocity)
Q.29 A convex lens of focal length 20 cm produces images of the same magnification 2 when an object is kept at
two distance x1 and x2 (x1 > x2) from the lens. The ratio of x1 and x2 is :
(1) 4 : 3 (2) 3 : 1 (3) 2 : 1 (4) 5 : 3
Ans. [2]
Sol. Magnification = 2
f
for x1 = 3
2
f
x2 =
2
x1
=3:1
x2

Page 133
Ans. [4]
Sol. 1 sin 40 = 1.31 sin 
0.64 ~ 1
 sin = –   = 30º
1.31 2
D
x= = 20 3 × 10–6 m
1 3
20 ~
No. of reflections = – 57000
20 3 10 – 6
Q.4 An alternating voltage v(t) = 220 sin 100t volt is applied to a purely resistive load of 50. The time taken
for the current to rise from half of the peak value to the peak value is -
(1) 5 ms (2) 7.2 ms (3) 3.3 ms (4) 2.2 ms
Ans. [3]

Sol.  = (100) t
3
10 3
 t = ms = 3.3 ms
300
Q.5 Radiation coming from transitions n = 2 to n = 1 of hydrogen atoms fall on He+ ions in n = 1 and n = 2 states.
The possible transition of helium ions as they absorb energy from the radiation is -
(1) n = 2  n = 5 (2) n = 2  n = 3 (3) n = 1  n = 4 (4) n = 2  n = 4
Ans. [4]
 1 3Rhc
Sol. for H E = Rhc 1 –  =
4   4
 1  15
for He (14) E = Rhc 1 – 4 = Rhc
 16  4
1 1 3
(24) E = Rhc  –  4 = Rhc
4 16  4
Q.6 A plane electromagnetic wave travels in free space along the x-direction. The electric field component of the
wave at a particular point of space and time is E = 6 Vm–1 along y-direction. Its corresponding magnetic field
component, B would be -
(1) 2 × 10–8 T along y-direction (2) 6 × 10–8 T along z-direction
(3) 2 × 10–8 T along z-direction (4) 6 × 10–8 T along x-direction
Ans. [3]
E
Sol.
C
B
E 6
B= = 8
= 2 × 10–8 (+z)
C 3 10

Page 134
Q.7 Four particles A, B, C and D with masses mA = m, mB = 2m, mC = 3m and mD = 4m are at the corners of a
square. They have accelerations of equal magnitude with directions as shown. The acceleration of the centre
of mass of the particles is -
a Y
B a
C
D
a A
a
a a
(1) Zero (2) a ( î  ˆj ) (3) ( î  ĵ ) (4) ( î  ˆj )
5 5
Ans. [3]
 – maî  2maˆj  3maî – 4maˆj a
Sol. ac = = [ î – ˆj ]
10m 5
Q.8 Two identical beakers A and B contain equal volumes of two different liquids at 60°C each and left to cool
down. Liquid in A has density of 8 × 102 kg/m3 and specific heat of 2000 J kg–1 K–1 while liquid in B has
density of 103 kg m–3 and specific heat of 4000 J kg–1 K–1. Which of the following best describes their
temperature versus time graph schematically ? (assume the emissivity of both the beakers to be the same)
60°C 60°C
A and B
T T B
(1) (2)
A
t t
60°C 60°C
T A T A
(3) (4)
B
B
t t
Ans. [2]
dT eA 1
Sol. – = 4T03 (T – T0) 
dt ms S
For A s = 800 × 2000 = 16 × 105
B s = 103 × 4000 = 40 × 105
 dT   dT 
(s)B > (s)A   –  < – 
 dt  B  dt  A

Page 135
Q.9 For the circuit shown, with R1 = 1.0 , R2 = 2.0 , E1 = 2V and E2 = E3 = 4V, the potential difference
between the points ‘a’ and ‘b’ is approximately (in V) -
R1 a R2
E3
R2
E1
R1
E2
R1 b
(1) 3.7 (2) 2.7 (3) 2.3 (4) 3.3
Ans. [4]
2
2 2
Sol.
2
4 4
2 4 4
 
2 2 2 = V
1 1 1
 
2 2 2
5
V = = 3.3 volt
3/ 2
Q.10 A 20 Henry inductor and coil is connected to a 10 ohm resistance in series as shown in figure. The time at
which rated of dissipation of energy (Joule’s heat) across resistance is equal to the rate at which magnetic
energy is stored in the inductor, is -
i 10
E 20H
1 2
(1) n 2 (2) n 2 (3) 2 n 2 (4)
2 n 2
Ans. [3]
 di 
Sol. i2R =   i
 dt 
di di i
 iR =   =
dt dt 
e–t/ = 1 – e–t/
 2e–t/ = 1  t = n2
 20
= = =2
R 10
t = 2n2

Page 136
Q.11 Two particles move at right angle to each other. Their de-Broglie wavelengths are 1 and 2 respectively.
The particles suffer perfectly inelastic collision. The de-Broglie wavelength , of the final particle, is given
by -
  2 1 1 1 2 1 1
(1)  = 1 (2) 2 = 2 + 2 (3) = + (4)  = 1 2
2  1  2   1  2
Ans. [2]
2
Sol. P12 + P22 = P
1 1 1
 = +
2
 21 22
0
Q.12 In SI units, the dimensions of is -
0
(1) A T–3 M L3/2 (2) A–1 T M L3 (3) A T2 M–1 L–1 (4) A2 T3 M–1 L–2
Ans. [4]
Sol. 0 = M–1 A2 L–3 T4
0 = MLT–2A–2
0
= [M–2A4L–4T6]1/2 = M–1A2L–2T3
0
a1 1
Q.13 In an interference experiment the ratio of amplitudes of coherent waves is = . The ratio of maximum
a2 3
and minimum intensities of fringes will be -
(1) 9 (2) 2 (3) 18 (4) 4
Ans. [4]
Sol. a1 : a2 = 1 : 3
2
I1 4
=   =4:1
I2 2
Q.14 A steel wire having a radius of 2.0 mm, carrying a load of 4 kg, is hanging from a ceiling. Given that
g = 3.1 ms–2, what will be the tensile stress that would be developed in the wire ?
(1) 5.2 × 106 Nm–2 (2) 6.2 × 106 Nm–2 (3) 4.8 × 106 Nm–2 (4) 3.1 × 106 Nm–2
Ans. [4]
Mg 4(3 1)
Sol. Stress = 2
=
r 4  10 – 6
N
= 31 × 106 2
m
Q.15 A 200 resistor has a certain color code. If one replaces the red color by green in the code, the new
resistance will be -
(1) 100  (2) 500  (3) 400  (4) 300 
Ans. [2]
Sol. Red  Green  200  500

Page 137
Q.16 Water from a pipe is coming at a rate of 100 liters per minute. If the radius of the pipe is 5 cm, the Reynolds
number for the flow is of the order of - (density of water = 1000 kg/m3, coefficient of viscosity of water = 1 mPa s)
(1) 104 (2) 103 (3) 102 (4) 106
Ans. [1]
dv
Sol. Re =

 10 –1  1  3
(10 –1 )  (10 )
 60  25 10 – 4 
=   – 21  2  103
~
10 – 3
Order = 104
Q.17 The bob of a simple pendulum has mass 2g and a charge of 5.0 C. It is at rest in a uniform horizontal
electric field of intensity 2000 V/m. At equilibrium, the angle that the pendulum makes with the vertical is –
(take g = 10 m/s2)
(1) tan–1 (5.0) (2) tan–1 (0.5) (3) tan–1 (0.2) (4) tan–1 (2.0)
Ans. [2]
qE 5 10 –6  2 103 1
Sol. tan = = –3
=
Mg 2 10  10 2
1
  = tan–1  
2
Q.18 A wire of length 2L, is made by joining two wires A and B of same length but different radii r and 2r and
made of the same material. It is vibrating at a frequency such that the joint of the two wires forms a node. If
the number of antinodes in wire A is p and that in B is q then the ratio p : q is -
A B
L L
(1) 3 : 5 (2) 4 : 9 (3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 4
Ans. [3]
N T
Sol. f= Nr
2 r 2
N1 : N2 = r : 2r = 1 : 2
Q.19 An upright object is placed at a distance of 40 cm in front of a convergent lens of focal length 2 cm. A
convergent mirror of focal length 10 cm is placed at a distance of 60 cm on the other side of the lens. The
position and size of the final image will be -
(1) 40 cm from the convergent lens, twice the size of the object
(2) 20 cm from the convergent mirror, twice the size of the object
(3) 40 cm from the convergent mirror, same size as the object
(4) 20 cm from the convergent mirror, same size as the object
Ans. [4]

Page 138
20 cm 10 cm
40cm
Sol.
40cm 60cm
Image will form at object it self of same size and inverted
NTA option is [4]
Career point option [bonus]
Q.20 A circular coil having N turns and radius r carries a current I. It is held in the XZ plane in a magnetic field
B î . The torque on the coil due to the magnetic field is -
Br 2 I Br 2 I
(1) (2) Zero (3) Br2I N (4)
N N
Ans. [3]

A
Sol. 
B
 = NIr2Bsin90º = Br2IN
Q.21 Four identical particles of mass M are located at the corners of a square of side ‘a’. What should be their
speed if each of them revolves under the influence of others gravitational field in a circular orbit
circumscribing the square ?
GM GM GM GM
(1) 1.16 (2) 1.21 (3) 1.35 (4) 1.41
a a a a
Ans. [1]
Gm 2  1 MV 2
Sol.  2   =
a2  2 a/ 2
Gm 1 Gm
V= 1 = 116
a 2 2 a
Q.22 A thermally insulated vessel contains 150 g of water at 0°C. Then the air from the vessel is pumped out
adiabatically. A fraction of water turns into ice and the rest evaporates at 0°C itself. The mass of evaporated
water will be closest to – (Latent heat of vaporization of water = 2.10 × 106 Jkg–1 and Latent heat of fusion of
water = 3.36 × 105 J kg–1)
(1) 130 g (2) 35 g (3) 150 g (4) 20 g

Page 139
Ans. [4]
Sol. m(210 × 106) = (150 – m) (336 × 105)
21m
+ m = 150
3  36
3  36  150
 m= = 20g
24  36
Q.23 A particle moves in one dimension from rest under the influence of a force that varies with the distance
travelled by the particle as shown in the figure. The kinetic energy of the particle after it has travelled 3m is -
3
2
Force
(in N) 1
1 2 3
Distance
(in m)
(1) 2.5 J (2) 6.5 J (3) 4 J (4) 5 J
Ans. [2]
1
Sol. mV2 = 4 + 2 + 0.5 = 6.5 J
2

Q.24 Ship A is sailing towards north-east with velocity v  30î  50 ĵ km/hr where î points east and ˆj , north.
Ship B is at a distance of 80 km east and 150 km north of Ship A and is sailing towards west at 10 km/hr. A
will be at minimum distance from B in -
(1) 4.2 hrs (2) 2.2 hrs (3) 2.6 hrs (4) 3.2 hrs
Ans. [3]
10 B B
50 150km 50
Sol.
100
A
30
80km 80km

VAB = 40î + 50ˆj

rBA = 150ˆj
 
VAB  rBA
tmin =  2 = 2.6 hrs
VAB

Page 140
Q.25 A boy’s catapult is made of rubber cord which is 42 cm long, with 6 mm diameter of cross-section and of
negligible mass. The boy keeps a stone weighing 0.02 kg on it and stretches the cord by 20 cm by applying a
constant force. When released, the stone flies off with a velocity of 20 ms–1. Neglect the change in the area of
cross-section of the cord while stretched. The Young’s modulus of rubber is closest to -
(1) 103 Nm–2 (2) 104 Nm–2 (3) 106 Nm–2 (4) 108 Nm–2
Ans. [3]
2
1    1
Sol. Y   A = mV2
2    2
mV 2 
Y=
A() 2
(0.02)(20) 2 (0.42) ~ 6
Y= – 10
(9 10 – 6 )(0.2) 2
Q.26 A thin strip 10 cm long is on a U shaped wire of negligible resistance and it is connected to a spring of spring
constant 0.5 Nm–1 (see figure). The assembly is kept in a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T. If the strip is
pulled from its equilibrium position and released, the number of oscillations it performs before its amplitude
decreases by a factor of e is N. If the mass of the strip is 50 grams, its resistance 10 and air drag negligible,
N will be close to -
10 cm
B
(1) 50000 (2) 1000 (3) 10000 (4) 5000

Ans. [4]
 2 B 2
Sol. – KX – = ma
R
A = A0e–bt/2m
2mR 2(50  10 –3 )(10)
t= 2 2
= 2 2
= 104
B  (0.1) (0.1)
t = 2 m / K = 2sec  f = 0.5Hz
N = 5000
Q.27 If 1022 gas molecules each of mass 10–26 kg collide with a surface (perpendicular to it) elastically per second
over an area 1 m2 with a speed 104 m/s, the pressure exerted by the gas molecules will be of the order of -
(1) 108 N/m2 (2) 104 N/m2 (3) 1016 N/m2 (4) 103 N/m2
Ans. [4]
(2mV) N 2(10–26 )(104 )1022 N
Sol. P= = =2 2
A 1 m
NTA answer is [4]
Career point option [Bonus]

Page 141
Q.28 Voltage rating of a parallel plate capacitor is 500 V. Its dielectric can withstand a maximum electric field of
106 V/m. The plate area is 10–4 m2. What is the dielectric constant if the capacitance is 15 pF ?
(given 0 = 8.86 × 10–12C2/Nm2)
(1) 6.2 (2) 3.8 (3) 4.5 (4) 8.5
Ans. [4]
A 0 K
Sol. C= & V = Ed
d
A 0 KE
C=
V
CV (15 10 –12 )(500)
K= = –4
A 0 E 10 (8.86 10 –12 )(10 6 )
= 8.5
Q.29 The wavelength of the carrier waves in a modern optical fiber communication network is close to -
(1) 1500 nm (2) 600 nm (3) 900 nm (4) 2400 nm
Ans. [1]
Sol.  ~– 1550nm (most widely used wavelength in optical fiber system)
Q.30 The reverse breakdown voltage of a Zener diode is 5.6 V in the given circuit.
200 
Iz
9V 800 
The current Iz through the Zener is -

(1) 7 mA (2) 10 mA (3) 17 mA (4) 15 mA
Ans. [2]
3.4 5.6
Sol. iz = – = 10 mA
200 800

Page 142

12th January 2019 | Shift - II
PHYSICS
Q.1 An ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder at pressure of 2 atm and temperature 300 K. The mean time between
two successive collisions is 6 × 10–8 s. If the pressure is doubled and temperature is increased to 500 K, the
mean time between two successive collisions will be close to
(1) 0.5 × 10–8 s (2) 4 × 10–8 s
(3) 3 × 10–6 s (4) 2 × 10–7 s
Ans. [2]
1
t=
2nd 2 v avg
1
 n = no. of molecules per unit volume
n.v avg
v
 & Pv = nRT
T
T T
t v
v P
1 T1 P2
= .
t2 T2 P1
P1 T2
2 = × 1
P2 T1
P 500
= 6 × 10–8
2P 300
5
=3 × 6 × 10–8
3
= 4 × 10–8s
Q.2 A particle of mass 20 g is released with an initial velocity 5 m/s along the curve from the point A, as shown
in the figure. The point A is at height h from point B. The particle slides along the frictionless surface. when
the particle reaches point b, its angular momentum about O will be :
(Take g = 10 m/s2)

Page 143
O
a = 10 m
A
h = 10 m
B
2 2
(1) 6 kg-m /s (2) 8 kg-m /s (3) 2 kg-m2/s (4) 3 kg-m2/s
Ans. [1]
Sol.
20 cm
h =10 cm
v
conservation energy
ki + vi = kf + vf
1 1
m/s2 + mg 10 = mv2 + 6
2 2
25 + 200 = v2
 v = 15 m/s
angular moment about 'O' is L = mvr
= 20 × 10–3 × 15  20
= 6 kg – m2/s
Q.3 A galvanometer, whose resistance is 50 ohm, has 25 divisions in it. When a current of 4 × 10–4 A passes
through it, its needle ( pointer) deflects by one division. To use this galvanometer as a voltmeter of range 2.5
V, it should be connected to a resistance of :
(1) 200 ohm (2) 250 ohm (3) 6200 ohm (4) 6250 ohm
Ans. [1]
Sol.
If Rg = 50 

Page 144
–4
Ifull = 25 × 4 × 10
= 0.01 Amp
Let 'R' Resistance is connected is series
If Rg R
If
G
2.5 V
V = iR
2.50
2.5 = If (Rg +R)  Rg + 50 =
0.01
R = 200 
Q.4 Two satellites, A and B, have masses m and 2m respectively. A is in a circular orbit of radius R, and B is in a
circular orbit of radius 2R around the earth. The ratio of their kinetic energies, TA/TB, is ;
1 1
(1) 2 (2) (3) (4) 1
2 2
Ans. [4]
Sol.
m R
R
V1
V2
2m
GMem
K1 =
2R
GMe( 2m) GMem
K2 = =
2( 2R ) 2R
K1 1
 =
K2 1
Q.5 Let , r, c and  represent inductance, resistance, capacitance and voltage, respectively. The dimension of

in SI units will be :
rc
(1) [A–1] (2) [LTA] (3) [LA–2] (4) [LT2]
Ans. [1]

Page 145
  
Sol. = =
rc Rc – iR R ( Rc)  i

= t (time)
R
R = t (time)
i = current
[T ]
 dimensional formula = = [A–1]
[T ][A]
Q.6 A simple harmonic motion is represented by :

y = 5 (sin 3 t + 3 cos 3 t) cm
The amplitude and time period of the motion are :
3 2 3 2
(1) 10 cm, s (2) 5cm, s, (3) 5 cm, s (4) 10 cm, s
2 3 2 3
Ans. [4]
 sin 3t 3 cos 3t 
Sol. y=2×5   
 2 2 
y = 10 [sin (3t + /3)]
 Amplitude A' = 10 cm.
2
=  = 3
T
2
T= s
3
Q.7 A block kept on a rough inclined plane, as shown in the figure, remains at rest upto a maximum force 2 N
down the inclined plane. The maximum external force up the inclined plane that does not move the block is
10 N. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is : [Take g = 10 m/s2]
10 N
2N
30°
3 1 3 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
4 2 2 3
Ans. [3]
Sol.
fr

2N
mg sin  mg cos 
mg
30°

Page 118
Q.24 A system of three charges are placed as shown in the figure :
D
If D >> d, the potential energy of the system is best given by :
+q –q Q
d
,
1  q 2 qQd  1  q 2 qQd  1  q 2 2qQd  1  q2 qQd
(1)   2  (2) – – 2  (3) –   (4) – – 2 
4 0  d D  4 0  d D  4 0  d D 2  4 0  d 2D 
Ans. [2]
D
+q +Q
Sol. d –q
kq 2 kQ(qd)
u=– –
d D2
 q2 qQd 
= – k 
 d D 2 
Q.25 A wire of resistance R is bent to form a square ABCD as shown in the figure. The effective resistance
between E and C is : (E is mid-point of arm CD)
A B
D E C
3 1 7
(1) R (2) R (3) R (4) R
4 16 64
Ans. [3]
R
A R/4 B
Sol.
R/4 R/4
D R/8 E R/8C
R R R R 7R
REDABC = + + + =
4 4 4 8 8
R
REC =
8
R 7R

7R
Effective resistance = 8 8 =
R 7R 64

8 8

Page 119
Q.26 A simple pendulum oscillating in air has period T. The bob of the pendulum is completely immersed in a
1
non-viscous liquid. The density of the liquid is th of the material of the bob. If the bob is inside liquid all
16
the time, its period of oscillation in this liquid is :
1 1 1 1
(1) 2T (2) 2T (3) 4T (4) 4T
14 10 15 14
Ans. [3]

Sol. T = 2
g
When immersed in liquid
Tension  T = mg – mg
 m 
T = mg 1 – 
 m
 Vd 
T = T 1 – 

 Vd 0 
 1
T = T 1 – 
 16 
15T
T =
16
15
g = g
16
T 16
=
T 15
4T
T =
5
Q.27 A body of mass 2kg makes an elastic collision with a second body at rest and continues to move in the
original direction but with one fourth of its original speed. What is the mass of the second body?
(1) 1.5 kg (2) 1.2 kg (3) 1.0 kg (4) 1.8 kg
Ans. [2]
u2 = 0
Sol. u u/4
2kg m 2 kg
2m 2 u 2  u 1 ( m 1 – m 2 )
V1 =
m1  m 2
u O  u ( 2 – m)
=
4 2 m
2 + m = 8 – 4m
5m = 6
m = 1.2 kg

Page 120
Q.28 A signal Acost is transmitted using 0sin0t as carrier wave. The correct amplitude modulated (AM) signal
is :
1. 0 sin[0(1 + 0.01 Asint)t]
2. 0 sin0t + Acost
A A
3. 0 sin0t + sin(0 – )t + sin(0 + )t
2 2
4. (0 + A)cost sin0t
Ans. [3]
Sol. According to standard result is should be
A C A
= AC sinCt + sin(0 – )t + sin(0 + )t
2 2
AC
Ac
2
C – n 0 C + n
So, Ans. [3]
Q.29 A ball is thrown vertically up (taken as + z-axis) from the ground. The correct momentum-height (p-h)
diagram is :
p p p p
(1) h (2) h (3) h (4) h
o o o o
Ans. [4]
Sol. When thrown upward, (h = 0) V  max
V2 = u2 + 2as
V2 = u2 – 2gh (Parabola)
When downward (h  max, V  0)
Q.30 A string is clamped at both the ends and it is vibrating in its 4th harmonic. The equation of the stationary
wave is Y = 0.3 sin(0.157x) cos(200t). The length of the string is : (All quantities are in SI units.)
(1) 40 m (2) 80 m (3) 20 m (4) 60 m
Ans. [2]
Sol. y = asin(.157x)cos(200t)
2
= .157

 = 40
4th harmonic real

=4
2
 = 2
= 80 m

Page 149
 Energy absorbed by Hg atom = 5.6 – 0.7 = 4.4 eV.
1240
min. = nm
4 .9
_ 250 nm
~
Q.12 A load of mass M kg is suspended from a steel wire of length 2m and radius 1.0 mm in Searle's apparatus
experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 4.0 mm. Now the load is fully immersed in a
liquid of relative density 2. The relative density of the material of load is 8.
The new value of increase in length of the steel wire is:
(1) 5.0 mm (2) zero (3) 3.0 mm (4) 4.0 mm
Ans. [3]
Sol.
stree
y=
strain
mg 
 =y.
A 
 mg   …….(1)
If it is dipped in a liquid
Stress = mg – B
Stress = mg – m'g
mg – m'g  ' …..(2)
(2)/(1)
m  m' '
=
m 
 m' 
 ' = '  1  
 m
 2
= 4mm 1  
 8
' = 3mm

Page 150
Q.13 When a certain photosensitive surface is illuminated with monochromatic light of frequency , the stopping
potential for the current is –V0/2. When the surface is illuminated by monochromatic light of frequency /2,
the stopping potential is – V0. The threshold frequency for photoelectric emission is :
4 3 5
(1) 2 (2)  (3) (4)
3 2 3
Ans. [Bonus]
Sol. Question is not correct
Q.14 In the figure, given that VBB supply can vary from 0 to 5.0 V, VCC = 5V, dc = 200, RB = 100 k, RC = 1 k
and VBE = 1.0 V. The minimum base current and the input voltage at which the transistor will go to
saturation, will be respectively :
IC
RB C
RC
B
E
v0 ~
vi – VBB
IE VCC
(1) 20 A and 2.8 V (2) 25 A and 2.8 V

(3) 20 A and 3.5 V (4) 25 A and 3.5 V
Ans. [4]
Sol. For out put loop
VCC – ICRC – VCE = 0
For saturation VCE  0.2 V
VCC  VCE 5  0 .2
IC = = = 4.8 mA
RC 1  10 3
IC 4.8mA
IC = BIB  IB = = = 2.4 × 10–5
B 200
IB = 24 A  25 A
For i/p loop
vi – iBRB – VBE = 0
vi – iBRB + VBE
= 25 × 10–6 × 100 × 103 + 1.0
= 2.5 – 11
vi = 3.5 V
Q.15 A parallel plate capacitor with plates of area 1 m2 each, are at a separation of 0.1 m. If the electric field
between the plates is 100 N/C, the magnitude of charge on each plate is :
C2
(Take 0 = 8.85 × 10–12 )
N – m2
(1) 9.85 × 10–10 C (2) 8.85 × 10–10 C
–10
(3) 6.85 × 10 C (4) 7.85 × 10–10 C

Page 151
Ans. [2]
Sol.
+ –
+ –
+ –

+ 0 –
+ –
+ –
Q –Q

  100
0
q
 100
A 0
q = (1 m2) × (8.85 × 10 –12) × 100
q = 8.85 × 10–10 C
Q.16 A vertical closed cylinder is separated into two parts by a frictionless piston of mass m and of negligible
thickness. The piston is free to move along the length of the cylinder. The length of the cylinder above the
piston is 1, and that below the piston is 2, such that 1 > 2. Each part of the cylinder contains n moles of an
ideal gas at equal temperature T. If the piston is stationary, its mass, m, will be given by :
(R is universal gas constant and g is the acceleration due to gravity)
nRT   1 –  2  RT  2 1   2  nRT  1 1 RT   1 – 3 2 
(1)   (2)   (3)    (4)  
g   1 2  g   1 2  g   2 1  ng   1 2 
Ans. [1]
Sol.
1
F1
F2
mg
2
Mg + F1 = F2
Mg + p1A = P2A PV = nRT
Mg = (p2 – p1) A
1 1
= nRT   
  2 1 
nRT   1   2 
m =  
g   1 2 

Page 152
Q.17 An alpha-particle of mass m suffers 1-dimensional elastic collision with a nucleus at rest of unknown mass. It
is scattered directly backwards losing, 64% of its initial kinetic energy. The mass of the nucleus is :
(1) 2 m (2) 4 m (3) 1.5 m (4) 3.5 m
Ans. [2]
Sol.
 vi
M v=0
m ki = k0
Nuclei
k = 0.64 k0
vf m m v
kf = 0.36 k0 Nuclei
Conservation of momentum
mvi = MV – mvf.
1
k = mv 2
2
 p = 2km
 2k 0 m = 2(0.64k 0 ) M – 2(0.36k 0 ) m 
 6 8
 m 1   = × m
 10  10
16 = 8 m
= 4m

Q.18 A resonance tube is old and has jagged end. It is still used in the laboratory to determine velocity of sound in
air. A tuning fork of frequency 512 Hz produces first resonance when the tube is filled with water to a mark
11 cm below a reference mark, near the open end of the tube. The experiment is repeated with another fork of
frequency 256 Hz which produces first resonance when water reaches a mark 27 cm below the reference
mark. The velocity of sound in air, obtained in the experiment, is close to :
(1) 335 ms–1 (2) 328 ms–1 (3) 341 ms–1 (4) 322 ms–1
Ans. [2]
Sol.
f1 = 512 hz f2 = 256 hz
e e
1 2
 
 1  e  2  e
4 4
 = a( + e)
v v
 f1 = f2 =
4( 1  e) 4( 2  e)

Page 153
v
1 + e = .....(i)
4f1
v
2 + e = .....(ii)
4f 2
(ii) – (i)
v1 1
2 – 1 =   
4  f 2 f1 
v 1 1 
0.16 =  
4  256 512 
 v = 328 m/s
Q.19 The mean intensity of radiation on the surface of the Sun is about 108 W/m2. The rms value of the
corresponding magnetic field is closet to :
(1) 102T (2) 10–2 T (3) 10–4 T (4) 1T
Ans. [3]
B2
Sol. I= 0 c
2 0
 0 I
B0 =
c
B0  10–4T
Q.20 In the circuit shown, find C if the effective capacitance of the whole circuit is to be 0.5 F. All values in the
circuit are in F.
C 2
A
2 1
2
2
2 2
B
6 7 7
(1) F (2) F (3) 4F (4) F
5 11 10
Ans. [2]
Sol.
C 2
A
2 1
2
2
2 2

Page 154
CAB = 0.5 F
C
A
4/3f 1f
B
7
C.
CAB = 0.1 f = 3
7
C
3
1 7C

2 3C  7
3C + 7 = 14 C
7
C= F
11
Q.21 A 10 m long horizontal wire extends from North East to South West. It is falling with a speed of 5.0 ms–1, at
right angles to the horizontal component of the earth's magnetic field of 0.3 × 10–4 Wb/m2. The value of the
induced emf in wire is :
(1) 0.3 × 10–3 V (2) 2.5 × 10–3 V (3) 1.5 × 10–3 V (4) 1.1 × 10–3 V
Ans. [4]
Sol.

45°
B
Emf = Bv sin 45°

1
= 0.3 × 10–4 × 5 × 10 ×
2
= 1.07 × 10–3 V
Emf  1.1 mV
Q.22 A soap bubble, blown by a mechanical pump at the mouth of a tube, increases in volume, with time, at a
constant rate. The graph that correctly depicts the time dependence of pressure inside the bubble is given by :
P P
(1) (2)
log (t) 1/t3
P P
(3) (4)
1/t t
Ans. [3]
Sol.

Page 155
Q.23 A long cylindrical vessel is half filled with a liquid. When the vessel is rotated about its own vertical axis, the
liquid rises up near the wall. If the radius of vessel is 5 cm and its rotational speed is 2 rotations per second,
then the difference in the heights between the centre and the sides, in cm, will be :
(1) 2.0 (2) 1.2 (3) 0.1 (4) 0.4
Ans. [1]
Sol.
P0
P0 h
P = P0 + hg
x
P F1 F2 P + dp
Fnet = dF = dp. A
dmx2 = dpA.
xAdx2  dpA
p x
  dp = 2 xdx 
p0 0
 2 x 2
p – p0 =
2
 2 x 2
 p = p0 +
2
But p = p0 + hg if h is the height rised
 2 x 2
 p0 + hg = p0 +
2
 at x = R
 2 R 2
hg =
2
2 R 2 ( 2.2) 2  (5  10 –2 ) 2
h= =
2g 2.10
16   2 25  10 –4
=
2  10
4000  10 –4
=
2
= 200 × 10–4
h = 2 cm

Page 156
232
Q.24 In a radioactive decay chain, the initial nucleus is 90 Th . At the end there are 6 -particles and 4 -particles
which are emitted. If the end nucleus is AZ X , A and Z are given by :
(1) A = 208 ; Z = 80 (2) A = 208 ; Z = 82
(3) A = 200 ; Z = 81 (4) A = 202 ; Z = 80
Ans. [2]
Sol. 90Th
232
–6
 78 Y 208 – 4
  82 X 208
Q.25 The charge on a capacitor plate in a circuit, as a function of time, is shown in the figure :
6
5
4
3
2
0 3 4 6 8
t(s)
When is the value of current at t = 4 s ?
(1) zero (2) 1.5 A (3) 2 A (4) 3 A
Ans. [1]
Sol.
q
t (s)
3 4 5
dq dq
i= at t = 4s = 0 (slope)
dt dt
i=0
3 3
Q.26 In the above circuit, C = F, R2 = 20 , L = H and R1 = 10 . Current in L-R1 path is I1 and in C-
2 10
R2 path it is I2 . The voltage of A.C. source is given by, V = 200 2 sin (100 t) volts . The phase difference
between I1 and I2 is :
C R2
I2
L R1
I1
~
(1) 60° (2) 90° (3) 30° (4) 0°
Ans. [Bonus]

Page 157
Sol. [Data not correct]
R2 is not given correctly.
R2 should be = 20 k
if R2 is 20 k
V2
V
L
1
R I1
XL L 100 3
tan1 = = = 3
L R1 10 10
R2 = 20 k
I2
2
V XL
V2
XL 1 1 3
tan2 = = = × 10–6 20 × 103
R2 CR 2 100 2
1
tan2 =
3
L = 30º
  = 60º + 30º
= 90º
Q.27 Formation of real image using a biconvex lens is shown below :
screen
2f
2f f f
If the whole set up is immersed in water without disturbing the object and the screen positions, what will one
observe on the screen ?
(1) Image disappears (2) Magnified image
(3) Erect real image (4) No change

Page 158
Ans. [1]
1   2 1 2
Sol. =  1  1   = ( – 1)  
f'  2  R  f R 
2R 1 4   2
f'= =  1  
2(1   2 ) f 3  R
4
R
3 3R
f'= f=
3 4 2
2  
2 3
4R
=
1
3.2
7 .2
'
f = 4R
4 .2 f
f'=
3
8
f ' f >2
3
Therefore objective will lie between f’ and optical center.
 image is virtual and would not be obtained on screen.
Q.28 Two particles A, B are moving on two concentric circles of radii R1 and R2 with equal angular speed . At
t = 0, their positions and direction of motion are shown in the figure. :
Y
A
X
R1
R2 B
  
The relative velocity v A – v B at t  is given by :
2
(1) –  (R1 + R2) î (2)  (R2 – R1) î (3)  (R1 + R2) î (4)  (R1 – R1) î
Ans. [2]
2
Sol. 7=

 = t
2
= .
2

At t =
2

Page 159


2 y

VA
/2
x
/2

VB

V A = – R1 î

VB = R2 î
 
 V A – V B = (R2 – R1) î
Q.29 A paramagnetic material has 1028 atoms/m3. Its magnetic susceptibility at temperature 350 K is 2.8 × 10–4.
Its susceptibility at 300 K is :
(1) 3.726 × 10–4 (2) 2.672 × 10–4 (3) 3.672 × 10–4 (4) 3.267 × 10–4
Ans. [4]
1
Sol. m 
T
T1
m = 
T2
280
m = × 2.8 × 10–4
300
m = 3.267 × 10–4
Q.30 To double the covering range of a TV transmittion tower, its height should be multiplied by :
1
(1) 4 (2) 2 (3) 2 (4)
2
Ans. [1]
Sol. d = 2hR e
2d = 2h ' R e
1 h
=
2 h'
h' = 4h

Page 160

12th January 2019 | Shift - I
PHYSICS
Q.1 As shown in the figure, two infinitely long, identical wires are bent by 90° and placed in such a way that the
segments LP and QM are along the x-axis, while segments PS and QN are parallel to the y-axis. If
OP = OQ = 4cm, and the magnitude of the magnetic field at O is 10–4 T, and the two wires carry equal
currents (see figure), the magnitude of the current in each wire and the direction of the magnetic field at
O will be (0 = 4 × 10–7 NA–2) :
S y
Q
x
L P O M
N
(1) 40 A, perpendicular into the page
(2) 40 A, perpendicular out of the page
(3) 20 A, perpendicular into the page
(4) 40 A, perpendicular out of the page
Ans. [3]
Sol.
S
i
i Q i
L P M x
d d
i
N

B due LP & MQ are zero.
d = 4 × 10–2 m.
B = 2B'
0i
10–4 = 2 ×
4d
i
10–4 = 2 ×10–7
4  10 – 2
 i = 20 A
into the page

Page 125
Ans. [3]
Sol. E0 = CB0
= 3 × 108 × 1.6 × 10–6
= 4.8 ×102
→
B
Z-direction →
E
Q.12 A parallel plate capacitor has 1μF capacitance. One of its two plates is given +2μC charge and the other
plate, +4 μC charge. The potential difference developed across the capacitor is -
(1) 1V (2) 2V (3) 3V (4) 5V
Ans. [1]
4−2
Sol. q cap = = 1μC
2
q 10 −6
V= = = 1 volt
C 10 −6
Q.13 A uniform rectangular thin sheet ABCD of mas M has length a and breadth b, as shown in the figure. If the
shaded portion HBGO is cut-off, the coordinates of the centre of mass of the remaining portion will be -
(0, b) H (a, b)
A B
⎛a b⎞
⎜ , ⎟
⎝2 2⎠
E G
O
D C
(0, 0) F (a, 0)
⎛ 5a 5b ⎞ ⎛ 2a 2b ⎞ ⎛ 5a 5b ⎞ ⎛ 3a 3b ⎞
(1) ⎜ , ⎟ (2) ⎜ , ⎟ (3) ⎜ , ⎟ (4) ⎜ , ⎟
⎝ 3 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 3 ⎠ ⎝ 12 12 ⎠ ⎝ 4 4 ⎠
Ans. [3]
⎛a⎞ ⎛ 3a ⎞
2m⎜ ⎟ + m⎜ ⎟
Sol. XC = ⎝ ⎠
4 ⎝ 4 ⎠ = 5a
3m 12
⎛b⎞ ⎛b⎞
2 m⎜ ⎟ + m⎜ ⎟
YC = ⎝2⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠ = 5b
3m 12
Q.14 A convex lens (of focal length 20 cm) and a concave mirror, having their principal axes along the same lines,
are kept 80 cm apart from each other. The concave mirror is to the right of the convex lens. When an object
is kept at a distance of 30 cm to the left of the convex lens, its image remains at the same position even if the
concave mirror is removed. The maximum distance of the object for which this concave mirror, by itself
would produce a virtual image would be -
(1) 20 cm (2) 10 cm (3) 25 cm (4) 30 cm

Page 162
Q.4 A cylinder of radius R is surrounded by a cylindrical shell of inner radius R and outer radius 2R. The thermal
conductivity of the material of the inner cylinder is K1 and the of the outer cylinder is K2. Assuming no loss
of heat, the effective thermal conductivity of the system for heat flowing along the length of the cylinder is :
K1  3K 2 K1  K 2 2K 1  3K 2
(1) K1 + K2 (2) (3) (4)
4 2 5
Ans. [2]
Sol.
T2
R2
K2
2R
R K1 =
R
R1

1 1 1
= +
R th R1 R2
K eq 4R 2 K1R 2 K  3R 2

= + 2
  
4 Keq = K1 + 3K2
K1  3K 2
Keq =
4
Q.5 A particle A of mass 'm' and charge 'q' is accelerated by a potential difference of 50 V. Another particle B of
mass ' 4 m' and charge 'q' is accelerated by a potential difference of 2500 V. The ratio of de-Broglie
A
wavelengths is close to :
B
(1) 4.47 (2) 10.00 (3) 14.14 (4) 0.07
Ans. [3]
h h
Sol. = =
P 2mk
h
de Broglie wave length  =
2mqV
A m B v B 4m  2500
 = = = 200 = 10 2
B m A v A m  50
A
= 14.14
B
Q.6 A light wave is incident normally on a glass slab of refractive index 1.5. If 4 % of light gets reflected and the
amplitude of the electric field of the incident light is 30 V/m, then the amplitude of the electric field for the
wave propagating in the glass medium will be :
(1) 6 V/m (2) 10 V/m (3) 30 V/m (4) 24 V/m

Page 163
Ans. [4]
Sol. Ir = 0.96 Ii
1 1
r0 E 2r v = 0.96 × 0 E i2 c.
2 2
c
 r E 2r = 0.96 E i2 × c
n
E 2r
r = 0.96 E i2   r  1
 r r
0.96
 Er = Ei n= rr
r
0.96
Er = × 30 n=  r = 1.5
1 .5
Er = 24 V/m.
Q.7 Determine the electric dipole moment of the system of the three charges, placed on the vertices of an
equilateral triangle, as shown in the figure :
–2q
y
 
+q
x
 +q
î  ĵ ĵ – î
(1) 2q ˆj (2) (q) (3) 3 q (4) – 3 q ˆj
2 2
Ans. [4]
Sol.
–q –q
y
p 30°
p
+q
x
+q

Pnet = – 2p cos 30° ˆj
3 ˆ
= – 2q ×  × j
2

Pnet = – q 3 ˆj

Page 164
Q.8 Let the moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder of length 30 cm (inner radius 10 cm and outer radius 20 cm),
about its axis be I. The radius of a thin cylinder of the same mass such that its moment of inertia about its
axis is also I, is :
(1) 16 cm (2) 12 cm (3) 14 cm (4) 18 cm
Ans. [1]
Sol.
30 cm
R
10 cm
I2 = 1/2 MR2
20 cm
Let density of material is .

1 1
I1 = [.m(0.2)2 (0.3)] (0.2)2 – [ (0.1)2 0.3](0.1)2
2 2
1
 I1 = I2 
2
 
 (0.2) 4 0.3 – (0.1) 4  0.3) =  ( 0.22 –  0.12) 0.3 R2

 (0.2) 2 – (0.1)  0.2
2 2
  
 0.12 = 0.2 2 – 0.12 2 R 2
 2R = 0.04 + 0.01
5
R2 =
200
100
R= cm
10
R  16 cm
Q.9 A point source of light, S is placed at distance L in front of the centre of plane mirror of width d which is
hanging vertically on a wall. A man walks in front of the mirror along a line parallel to the mirror, at a
distance 2L as shown below. The distance over which the man can see the image of the light source in the
mirror is
d S
L
2L
(1) d (2) d/2 (3) 3d (4) 2d

Page 126
Ans. [2]
Sol.
R
60 cm
30 cm 80 cm
1 1 1
− = ⇒ v = 60cm
v − 30 20
R = 2f = 20 cm
f = 10 cm
Max distance for virtual image = f = 10 cm
Q.15 A electric dipole is formed by two equal and opposite charge q with separation d. The charges have same
mass m. It is kept in a uniform electric field E. If it is slightly rotated from its equilibrium orientation, then its
angular frequency ω is -
qE 2qE qE qE
(1) (2) (3) 2 (4)
2md md md md
Ans. [2]
I md 2 / 2 md 2qE
Sol. T = 2π = 2π = 2π ⇒ ω=
pE qdE 2qE md
Q.16 A cell of internal resistance r drives current through an external resistance R. The power delivered by the cell
to the external resistance will be maximum when -
(1) R = 1000r (2) R = 0.001r (3) R = 2r (4) R = r
Ans. [4]
Sol. For maximum power transfer
R=r
Q.17 Calculate the limit of resolution of a telescope objective having a diameter of 200 cm, if it has to detect light
of wavelength 500 nm coming from a star.
(1) 152.5 × 10–9 radian (2) 457.5 × 10–9 radian
–9
(3) 610 ×10 radian (4) 305 ×10–9 radian
Ans. [4]
1.22λ 1.22 × 500 × 10 −9
Sol. Δθ = = = 305 ×10–9 rad
d 200 × 10 − 2
Q.18 Two magnetic dipoles X and Y are placed at a separation d, with their axes perpendicular to each other. The
dipole moment of Y is twice that of X. A particle of charge q is passing through their midpoint P, at angle
θ = 45 ° with the horizontal line, as shown in figure. What would be the magnitude of force on the particle at
that instant? (d is much larger than the dimensions of the dipole)

Page 166
Q.11 The galvanometer deflection, when key K1 is closed but K2 is open, equals 0 (see figure). On closing K2 also
0
and adjusting R2 to 5, the deflection in galvanometer becomes . The resistance of the galvanometer is,
5
then, given by [Neglect the internal resistance of battery] :
K2 R2
( )
R1= 220
( )
K1
(1) 5  (2) 25  (3) 12  (4) 22 
Ans. [4]
Sol. Let Resistance of Galvanometer is Rg
When K1 is closed
I1  0
v
  0 .......(1)
220  R g
0
When K1 & K2 both are closed I2 
5
R2 v 0
×  .....(2)
R2  Rg R 2R g 5
220 
R 2  Rg
equation 1/2
v 0
= =5
R 2v 0
( 220  R g ) 
220( R 2  R g )  R 2 R g 5
220(5  R g )  5R g
=5
5( 220  R g )
 220 + 45 Rg = 1100 + 5 Rg
40 Rg = 880
Rg = 22 
Q.12 A travelling harmonic wave is represented by the equation y(x,t) = 10–3sin (50t + 2x), where, x and y are in
mater and t is in seconds. Which of the following is a correct statement about the wave ?
(1) The wave is propagating along the positive x-axis with speed 100 ms–1
(2) The wave is propagating along the positive x-axis with speed 25 ms–1
(3) The wave is propagating along the negative x-axis with speed 25 ms–1
(4) The wave is propagating along the negative x-axis with speed 100 ms–1
Ans. [3]

Page 128
π
Q.20 A circuit connected to an ac source of emf e = e0 sin (100t) with t in seconds, gives a phase difference of
4
between the emf e and current i. Which of the following circuits will exhibit this ?
(1) RL circuit with R = 1 kΩ and L = 10 mH (2) RL:circuit with R = 1 kΩ and L = 1 mH
(3) RC circuit with R = 1 kΩ and C = 1μF (4) RC circuit with R = 1 kΩ and C = 10μF
Ans. [4]
Sol. XC = R
1
=R
ωC
1
= RC
100
R = 103 Ω
C = 10–5 F
Q.21 A common emitter amplifier circuit, built using an npn transistor, is shown in the figure. Its dc current gain is
250, RC = 1 kΩ and VCC = 10V.What is the minimum base current for VCE to reach saturation ?
RB RC
VB VCC
(1) 10 μA (2) 100 μA (3) 40 μA (4) 7 μA

Ans. [3]
Sol. VCC – ICRC = 0
10 – IC × 103 = 0
IC = 10–2
I C 10 −2
IB = = = 40μA
β 250
Q.22 In the circuit shown, a four-wire potentiometer is made of a 400 cm long wire, which extends between A and
B. The resistance per unit length of the potentiometer wire is r = 0.01Ω/cm. If an ideal voltmeter is connected
as shown with jockey J at 50 cm from end A, the expected reading of the voltmeter will be –
1.5V, 1.5V
0.5Ω, 0.5Ω V
A J
50cm
1Ω
B 100cm
(1) 0.75 V (2) 0.25 V (3) 0.50 V (4) 0.20 V
Ans. [2]
3
Sol. i= = 0.5A
1+1+ 4
V = 0.5 × 0.5 = 0.25 volt

Page 168
Q.15 In the figure shown, a circuit contains two identical resistors with resistance R = 5 and an inductance with
L = 2mH. An ideal battery of 15 V is connected in the circuit. What will be the current through the battery
long after the switch is closed ?
S
L
R
15V
R
(1) 6 A (2) 7.5 A (3) 3 A (4) 5.5 A

Ans. [1]
Sol. After long time inductor is short circuited.
5 
15 V 5 
15
Current through battery I = = 6A
5
2
Q.16 An ideal battery of 4 V and resistance R are connected in series in the primary circuit of a potentiometer of
length 1 m and resistance 5 . The value of R, to give a potential difference of 5 mV across 10 cm of
potentiometer wire, is :
(1) 480  (2) 495  (3) 490  (4) 395 
Ans. [4]
Sol.
4V R
L = 1m
r = 5
Voltage across potentiometer wire = 5 × 10 mV = 50 mV
5
50 × 10–3 = ×4
5 R
400 = 5 + R
R = 395 

Page 169
Q.17 A satellite of mass M is in a circular orbit of radius R about the centre of the earth. A meteorite of the same
mass, falling towards the earth, collides with the satellite completely inelastically. The speeds of the satellite
and the meteorite are the same, just before the collision. The subsequent motion of the combined body will
be :
(1) in the same circular orbit of radius R
(2) such that it escapes to infinity
(3) in a circular orbit of a different radius
(4) in an elliptical orbit
Ans. [4]
Sol.
M
V
M
Momentum after collision = 2 MV

If speed of combined mass is x
2mx = 2 MV
V
x=
2
Combined mass will move in elliptical orbit.
Q.18 In the figure shown, after the switch 'S' is turned from position 'A' to position 'B', the energy dissipated in the
circuit in terms of capacitance 'C' and total charge 'Q' is :
A B
S

C 3C
1 Q2 5 Q2 3 Q2 3 Q2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 C 8 C 4 C 8 C
Ans. [4]
Sol.
q C

Page 170
Charge on capacitance
Q = C
Q2
Initially energy =
2C
When switch is changed to position B
C 3C
Q2 Q2
Total energy E2 = =
2( 4C ) 8C
Change in energy = E1 – E2
Q 2 Q2 3Q 2
 = 
2C 8C 8C
Q.19 For the given cyclic process CAB as shown for a gas, the work done is :
C A
6.0
5
4
P (pa)
3
2
1 B
1 2 3 4 5
V (m3)
(1) 1 J (2) 10 J (3) 5 J (4) 30 J
Ans. [2]
Sol. Work done = Area of loop
1
= × 4 × 5 = 10 J
2
Q.20 A straight rod of length L extends from x = a to x = L + a. The gravitational force it exerts on a point mass
'm' at x = 0, if the mass per unit length of the rod is A + Bx2, is given by :
 1 1    1 1  
(1) Gm A –  – BL (2) Gm A –   BL
 a aL   a a L 
  1 1    1 1 
(3) Gm A –   BL (4) Gm A –  – BL
 a  L a   aL a 

Page 129
Q.23 The temperature, at which the root mean square velocity of hydrogen molecules equals their escape velocity
from the earth, is closest to –
[Boltzmann Constant kB = 1.38 × 10–23 J/K ; Avogadro Number NA = 6.02 × 1026/ kg;
Radius of Earth : 6.4 × 106 m; Gravitational acceleration on earth = 10 ms–2]
(1) 650 K (2) 3 × 105 K (3) 800 K (4) 104 K
Ans. [4]
3RT 2GM E
Sol. Vrms = =
M RE
3 × 8.314 × T
= (11.2 × 10 3 ) 2
2 × 10 −3
T = 104 K
Q.24 Two very long, straight, and insulated wires are kept at 90° angle from each other in xy- plane as shown in the figure
y
I d P x
These wires carry currents of equal magnitude I, whose directions are shown in the figure. The net magnetic
field at point P will be -
μ0I μ0I +μ 0 I
(1) Zero (2) − ( x̂ + ŷ) (3) ( x̂ + ŷ) (4) (ẑ)
2πd 2πd πd
Ans. [1]
→ μ 0i μ i
Sol. B= k̂ − 0 k̂
2πd 2πd
→ →
B= 0
Q.25 A body of mass m1 moving with an unknown velocity of v1î , undergoes a collinear collision with a body of
mass m2 moving with a velocity v 2 î . After collision, m1 and m2 move with velocities of v 3 î and v 4 î ,
respectively . If m2 = 0.5 m1 and v3 = 0.5 v1, then v1 is -
v2 v2
(1) v 4 − (2) v4 + v2 (3) v 4 − (4) v4 – v2
4 2
Ans. [4]
Sol. m1v1î + m 2 v 2 î = m1 (0.5v1 )î + m 2 v 4 î
m1v 2 mv mv
m1v1î + i = 1 1 î + 1 4 î
2 2 2
v1 = v4 – v2
Q.26 The ratio of mass densities of nuclei of 40Ca and 16O is close to -
(1) 0.1 (2) 2 (3) 5 (4)1
Ans. [4]
Sol. ρnucleus ∝ A°
ρ Ca 1
=
ρO 1
1:1

Page 172
1 1 1 4 1 3
=  = =
v 5 20 20 20
Image formed by A is object for lens B
 20  14 
u = +   2 = +  
3  3
1 3 1
– = 
v 14 5
1 1 3 14  15
=   =
v 5 14 14  5
v = 70 cm
70 cm from B at right and real.
Q.22 The output of the given logic circuit is :
(1) AB (2) AB + AB (3) AB + AB (4) AB
Ans. [4]
Sol.
A A×( A× B) = x
A
A×B Z
B B A+( A× B) = y
y=B+ AB = A +1=1
 
x = A + A  B = A + (A × B)
 
z = A  ( A  B)  1 = A × ( A  B)
= A × ( A  B)
z = A× A + A× B = AB

Page 130
Q.27 In the figure shown, what is the current (in Ampere) drawn from the battery? You are given –
R1 = 15Ω, R2 = 10Ω, R3 = 20Ω, R4 = 5Ω, R5 = 25Ω, R6 = 30Ω, E = 15V
R3
+ R1
R2 R4
E
–
R6 R5
(1) 7/18 (2) 20/3 (3) 9/32 (4) 13/24
Ans. [3]
Sol.
15 20
+
15 10 5
–
30 25
15 3 9
i= = =
25 5 32
45 + 9+
3 3
Q.28 If surface tension (S), Moment of Inertia (I) and Plank's constant (h), were to be taken as the fundamental
units, the dimensional formula for linear momentum would be-
(1) S3/2I1/2h0 (2) S1/2I1/2h–1 (3) S1/2I3/2h–1 (4) S1/2I1/2h0
Ans. [4]
Sol. p ∝ mass × Energy
∝ mR 2S
∝ IS
⎡ 1 1⎤
[ p] = ⎢ I 2 S 2 ⎥
⎢⎣ ⎥⎦
Q.29 Let | A1 | = 3, | A 2 | = 5 and | A1 + A 2 | = 5 . The value of (2A1 + 3A 2 ) • (3A1 − 2A 2 ) is -

(1) –112.5 (2) –106.5 (3) –118.5 (4) –99.5
Ans. [3]
→ → → →
Sol. (2 A1 + 3 A 2 ) ⋅ (3 A1 − 2 A 2 )
→ → → →
= 6A12 − 4 A1 ⋅ A 2 + 9 A1 ⋅ A 2 − 6A 22
= 6(A12 − A 22 ) + 5A1A 2 cos θ
= –96 + 5A1A2 cosθ
25 = 9 + 25 + 2 (15 cos θ)
A1A2 cosθ = −9/2
5×9
= − 96 − = −118.5
2

Page 174
dR
Q.24 In a meter bridge, the wire of length 1 m has a non-uniform cross-section such that, the variation of its
d
dR 1
resistance R with length  is  . Two equal resistances are connected as shown in the figure. The
d 
galvanometer has zero deflection when the jockey is at point P. What is the length AP ?
R' R'
G
P
A B
 1–
(1) 0.3 m (2) 0.25 m (3) 0.35 m (4) 0.2 m

Ans. [2]
dR k
Sol. =
d 
R = k2 
R = 2k 
 RAP = 2k 
 RAB = 2k  = 2k
 RPB = 2k  – 2 
= 2k(1 – )
R' R'
 =
R AP R PB
 2K(1 – 2 ) = 2k 
1=2 
1
 l= = 0.025 m
4
Q.25 A 100 V carrier wave is made to vary between 160 V and 40 V by a modulating signal. What is the
modulation index ?
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.6 (3) 0.4 (4) 0.3
Ans. [2]
Sol. AC = 100 V
AC – Am = 40 V
Am = 60 V
A 60
µ= m = = 0.6
AC 100

Page 131
Q.30 The given diagram shows four processes i.e., isochoric, isobaric, isothermal and adiabatic. The correct
assignment of the processes, in the same order is given by -
a
P b
d c
V
(1) d a b c (2) a d c b (3) a d b c (4) d a c b
Ans. [1]
Sol. a → isobaric
d → isochoric
b → isothermal
c → adiabatic
(d a b c)

Page 176
Q.28 Two light identical springs of spring constant k are attached horizontally at the two ends of a uniform
horizontal rod AB of length  and mass m. The rod is pivoted at its centre 'O' and can rotate freely in
horizontal plane. The other ends of the two springs are fixed to rigid supports as shown in figure. The rod is
gently pushed through a small angle and released. The frequency of resulting oscillation is :
A
y
O
x
B
1 3k 1 6k 1 k 1 2k
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 m 2 m 2 m 2 m
Ans. [2]
Sol.

/2

Compression | Expansion in spring = x = 
2

Torque on rod = (2kx) ×
2
   k 2
z = 2k     = 
2  2 2
k 2
= I2
2
k 2 1
= m2 2
2 12

Page 177
6k
=
m
6k
2f =
m
1 6k
f= 
2 m
Q.29 Two electric bulbs, rated at (25 W, 220 V) and (100 W, 220 V), are connected in series across a 220 V
voltage source. If the 25 W and 100 W bulbs draw powers P1 and P2 respectively, then :
(1) P1 = 4W, P2 = 16 W (2) P1 = 16W, P2 = 4 W
(3) P1 = 9W, P2 = 16 W (4) P1 = 16W, P2 = 9 W
Ans. [2]
Sol.
220 V 220 V
25 W 100 W
+ –
220 V
Voltage across 25 W bulb

100
V= × 220 = 176 volt
125
voltage across 100 W bulb
25
V= × 220 = 44 volt
125
Power dissipation in 25 W bulb
(176) 2
P1 = × 25 = 16 W
( 220) 2
2
 44 
P2 =   × 100 = 4 W
 220 

Page 178
1 2
Q.30 A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit in a central potential field U(r) = kr . If Bohr 's
2
quantization conditions are applied, radii of possible orbitls and energy levels vary with quantum number n
as :
1
(1) rn  n , En  n (2) rn  n , En 
n
1
(3) rn  n, En  n (4) rn  n2, En 
n2
Ans. [1]
1 2
Sol. U= kr
2
dU 1
Centripetal force F = – = – k(2r) = –kr
dr 2
mV 2
F = kr =
r
mV2 = kr2
nh nh
mVr = V=
2 2( mr )
m (n 2 h 2 )
= kr2
4 2 m 2 r 2
r4n2  r n
Energy  r 2
E  r2
E  n

Page 179

PHYSICS

Q.1 The region between y = 0 and y = d contains a magnetic field B = Bẑ . A particle of mass m and charge q
 m
enters the region with a velocity  = î . If d = , the acceleration of the charged particle at the point of
2qB
its emergence at the other side is :
qB  3 1  qB  1 3 
(1) î  ˆj (2) î  ĵ
m  2 2  m  2 2 
qB   ˆj  î  qB  î  ˆj 
(3) (4)
m  2  m  2 
Ans. [Bonus]
Sol. In question entry point of particle is not given
Assuming particle enters from (0, d)
mv r
r= ; d=
qB 2
(0, d) 30º
r r
2
30º
30º 60º
r a
2

a = acos30(– î ) + a sin30(– ˆj )
3 a
a (– î ) – ˆj
2 2
qvB – 3 1 
  î – ˆj
m  2 2 

this option also not given in above choices.

Page 133
Ans. [4]
Sol. 1 sin 40 = 1.31 sin 
0.64 ~ 1
 sin = –   = 30º
1.31 2
D
x= = 20 3 × 10–6 m
1 3
20 ~
No. of reflections = – 57000
20 3 10 – 6
Q.4 An alternating voltage v(t) = 220 sin 100t volt is applied to a purely resistive load of 50. The time taken
for the current to rise from half of the peak value to the peak value is -
(1) 5 ms (2) 7.2 ms (3) 3.3 ms (4) 2.2 ms
Ans. [3]

Sol.  = (100) t
3
10 3
 t = ms = 3.3 ms
300
Q.5 Radiation coming from transitions n = 2 to n = 1 of hydrogen atoms fall on He+ ions in n = 1 and n = 2 states.
The possible transition of helium ions as they absorb energy from the radiation is -
(1) n = 2  n = 5 (2) n = 2  n = 3 (3) n = 1  n = 4 (4) n = 2  n = 4
Ans. [4]
 1 3Rhc
Sol. for H E = Rhc 1 –  =
4   4
 1  15
for He (14) E = Rhc 1 – 4 = Rhc
 16  4
1 1 3
(24) E = Rhc  –  4 = Rhc
4 16  4
Q.6 A plane electromagnetic wave travels in free space along the x-direction. The electric field component of the
wave at a particular point of space and time is E = 6 Vm–1 along y-direction. Its corresponding magnetic field
component, B would be -
(1) 2 × 10–8 T along y-direction (2) 6 × 10–8 T along z-direction
(3) 2 × 10–8 T along z-direction (4) 6 × 10–8 T along x-direction
Ans. [3]
E
Sol.
C
B
E 6
B= = 8
= 2 × 10–8 (+z)
C 3 10

Page 134
Q.7 Four particles A, B, C and D with masses mA = m, mB = 2m, mC = 3m and mD = 4m are at the corners of a
square. They have accelerations of equal magnitude with directions as shown. The acceleration of the centre
of mass of the particles is -
a Y
B a
C
D
a A
a
a a
(1) Zero (2) a ( î  ˆj ) (3) ( î  ĵ ) (4) ( î  ˆj )
5 5
Ans. [3]
 – maî  2maˆj  3maî – 4maˆj a
Sol. ac = = [ î – ˆj ]
10m 5
Q.8 Two identical beakers A and B contain equal volumes of two different liquids at 60°C each and left to cool
down. Liquid in A has density of 8 × 102 kg/m3 and specific heat of 2000 J kg–1 K–1 while liquid in B has
density of 103 kg m–3 and specific heat of 4000 J kg–1 K–1. Which of the following best describes their
temperature versus time graph schematically ? (assume the emissivity of both the beakers to be the same)
60°C 60°C
A and B
T T B
(1) (2)
A
t t
60°C 60°C
T A T A
(3) (4)
B
B
t t
Ans. [2]
dT eA 1
Sol. – = 4T03 (T – T0) 
dt ms S
For A s = 800 × 2000 = 16 × 105
B s = 103 × 4000 = 40 × 105
 dT   dT 
(s)B > (s)A   –  < – 
 dt  B  dt  A

Page 135
Q.9 For the circuit shown, with R1 = 1.0 , R2 = 2.0 , E1 = 2V and E2 = E3 = 4V, the potential difference
between the points ‘a’ and ‘b’ is approximately (in V) -
R1 a R2
E3
R2
E1
R1
E2
R1 b
(1) 3.7 (2) 2.7 (3) 2.3 (4) 3.3
Ans. [4]
2
2 2
Sol.
2
4 4
2 4 4
 
2 2 2 = V
1 1 1
 
2 2 2
5
V = = 3.3 volt
3/ 2
Q.10 A 20 Henry inductor and coil is connected to a 10 ohm resistance in series as shown in figure. The time at
which rated of dissipation of energy (Joule’s heat) across resistance is equal to the rate at which magnetic
energy is stored in the inductor, is -
i 10
E 20H
1 2
(1) n 2 (2) n 2 (3) 2 n 2 (4)
2 n 2
Ans. [3]
 di 
Sol. i2R =   i
 dt 
di di i
 iR =   =
dt dt 
e–t/ = 1 – e–t/
 2e–t/ = 1  t = n2
 20
= = =2
R 10
t = 2n2

Page 183
Q.9 Seven capacitors, each of capacitance 2 F, are to be connected in a configuration to obtain an effective
6
capacitance of   F. Which of the combinations, shown in figures below, will achieve the desired value
 13 
(1) (2)
(3) (4)
Ans. [1]
Sol.
1 2 3
C12 = 6 µF
2 1
C23 = = µF
4 2
1
6
C13 = 2 = 3 = 6 µF
1 13 13
6
2 2
Q.10 In the circuit shown, the potential difference between A and B is :

1 1V
M
5 1 2V 10 
A D C B
1 3V
N
(1) 6 V (2) 3 V (3) 2 V (4) 1 V
Ans. [3]
1 2 3
 
6
Sol. VAB= 1 1 1 = = 2 volt
1 1 1 3
 
1 1 1
Q.11 A thermometer graduated according to a linear scale reads a value x0 when in contact with boiling water, and
x0/3 when in contact with ice. What is the temperature of an object in °C, if this thermometer in the contact
with the object reads x0/2 ?
(1) 60 (2) 35 (3) 25 (4) 40

Page 184
Ans. [3]
x0 x 0
–
Sol. 2 3 = C–0
x0 100 – 0
x0 –
3
1 C
=
4 10
C = 25ºC
Q.12 The circuit shown below contains two ideal diodes, each with a forward resistance of 50 . If the battery
voltage is 6 V, the current through the 100  resistance (in Amperes) is :
D1 150 
75 
D2
100 
6V
(1) 0.027 (2) 0.030 (3) 0.036 (4) 0.020
Ans. [4]
Sol. Since the second diode is reverse biased the simplified circuit is as shown in the figure
50  150 
100 
6V
6
i= = 0.02A
300
Q.13 In a photoelectric experiment, the wavelength of the light incident on a metal is changed from 300 nm to 400
hc
nm. The decrease in the stopping potential is close to: ( = 1240 nm–V)
e
(1) 0.5 V (2) 1.0 V (3) 2.0 V (4) 1.5 V
Ans. [2]
1240
Sol. Vs1 = 
300
1240
Vs2 = 
400
1240 1240
Vs1 – Vs2 = 
300 400
= 4.13 – 3.1
= 1.03
=1

Page 139
Ans. [4]
Sol. m(210 × 106) = (150 – m) (336 × 105)
21m
+ m = 150
3  36
3  36  150
 m= = 20g
24  36
Q.23 A particle moves in one dimension from rest under the influence of a force that varies with the distance
travelled by the particle as shown in the figure. The kinetic energy of the particle after it has travelled 3m is -
3
2
Force
(in N) 1
1 2 3
Distance
(in m)
(1) 2.5 J (2) 6.5 J (3) 4 J (4) 5 J
Ans. [2]
1
Sol. mV2 = 4 + 2 + 0.5 = 6.5 J
2

Q.24 Ship A is sailing towards north-east with velocity v  30î  50 ĵ km/hr where î points east and ˆj , north.
Ship B is at a distance of 80 km east and 150 km north of Ship A and is sailing towards west at 10 km/hr. A
will be at minimum distance from B in -
(1) 4.2 hrs (2) 2.2 hrs (3) 2.6 hrs (4) 3.2 hrs
Ans. [3]
10 B B
50 150km 50
Sol.
100
A
30
80km 80km

VAB = 40î + 50ˆj

rBA = 150ˆj
 
VAB  rBA
tmin =  2 = 2.6 hrs
VAB

Page 140
Q.25 A boy’s catapult is made of rubber cord which is 42 cm long, with 6 mm diameter of cross-section and of
negligible mass. The boy keeps a stone weighing 0.02 kg on it and stretches the cord by 20 cm by applying a
constant force. When released, the stone flies off with a velocity of 20 ms–1. Neglect the change in the area of
cross-section of the cord while stretched. The Young’s modulus of rubber is closest to -
(1) 103 Nm–2 (2) 104 Nm–2 (3) 106 Nm–2 (4) 108 Nm–2
Ans. [3]
2
1    1
Sol. Y   A = mV2
2    2
mV 2 
Y=
A() 2
(0.02)(20) 2 (0.42) ~ 6
Y= – 10
(9 10 – 6 )(0.2) 2
Q.26 A thin strip 10 cm long is on a U shaped wire of negligible resistance and it is connected to a spring of spring
constant 0.5 Nm–1 (see figure). The assembly is kept in a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T. If the strip is
pulled from its equilibrium position and released, the number of oscillations it performs before its amplitude
decreases by a factor of e is N. If the mass of the strip is 50 grams, its resistance 10 and air drag negligible,
N will be close to -
10 cm
B
(1) 50000 (2) 1000 (3) 10000 (4) 5000

Ans. [4]
 2 B 2
Sol. – KX – = ma
R
A = A0e–bt/2m
2mR 2(50  10 –3 )(10)
t= 2 2
= 2 2
= 104
B  (0.1) (0.1)
t = 2 m / K = 2sec  f = 0.5Hz
N = 5000
Q.27 If 1022 gas molecules each of mass 10–26 kg collide with a surface (perpendicular to it) elastically per second
over an area 1 m2 with a speed 104 m/s, the pressure exerted by the gas molecules will be of the order of -
(1) 108 N/m2 (2) 104 N/m2 (3) 1016 N/m2 (4) 103 N/m2
Ans. [4]
(2mV) N 2(10–26 )(104 )1022 N
Sol. P= = =2 2
A 1 m
NTA answer is [4]
Career point option [Bonus]

Page 187
T = 36.4 C
6 .4
% rise in temp   100%  21%
30
Approx. 20%
Q.19 In the experimental set up of metre bridge shown in the figure, the null point is obtained at a distance of 40
cm from A. If a 10  resistor is connected in series with R1, the null point shifts by 10 cm. The resistance
that should be connected in parallel with (R1 + 10)  such that the null point shifts back to its initial position
is :
R1 R2
G
A B
( )
(1) 40  (2) 30  (3) 20  (4) 60 
Ans. [4]
Sol.
R1 R2
40 cm
 ( R 1  10) R 
 
R 1 40 2
   R1  10  R   2
R 2 60 3 R2 3
 30R 
 
R1  10 50  30  R   2
 =1
R2 50 30 3
30R
R1 + 10 = R2 = 20
30  R
3
R1 + 10 = R1 30R = 600 + 20R
2
R1 = 20 10R = 600
R2 = 30 R = 60
Q.20 A particle of mass m is moving in a straight line with momentum p. Starting at time t = 0, a force F = kt acts
in the same direction on the moving particle during time interval T so that its momentum changes from p to
3p. Here k is a constant. The value of T is :
k p 2p 2k
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) (4)
p k 2 p

Page 188
Ans. [2]
dP
Sol. F=
dt
dP
kt =
dt
3P t

P

dP  kt dt
0
kt 2
2P =
2
4P P
t 2
k k
Q.21 A 27 mW laser beam has a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2. The magnitude of the maximum electric field in
this electromagnetic wave is given by :
[Given permittivity of space  = 9 × 10–12 SI units, Speed of light c = 3 × 108 m/s]
(1) 2 kV/m (2) 1 kV/m (3) 1.4 kV/m (4) 0.7 kV/m
Ans. [3]
P 1
Sol. I=  0 E 20 C
A 2
2P
E0 =
0 CA
2  27  103  36  109


3  108  10  10 6
 1.4 kV/m
Q.22 A monochromatic light is incident at a certain angle on an equilateral triangular prism and suffers minimum
deviation. If the refractive index of the material of the prism is 3 , then the angle of incidence is:
(1) 60° (2) 45° (3) 90° (4) 30°
Ans. [1]
Sol.
60°
n= 3
60° 60°

Page 189
 A  m 
sin 
n=  2 
A
sin  
2
 60   m 
sin  
 2 
3
 60 
sin  
 2
3  60   m 
 sin 
2  2 
 60   m 
60 =  
 2 
m = 60°
60   m
i= = 60°
2
Q.23 In a hydrogen like atom, when an electron jumps from the M-shell to the L-shell, the wavelength of emitted
radiation is . If an electron jumps from N-shell to the L-shell, the wavelength of emitted radiation will be:
25 27 16 20
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 
16 20 25 27
Ans. [4]
Sol. from M orbit to L orbit
hc 1 1
= (13.6 eV) z2    .........(i)
1 4 9
From N orbit to L orbit
hc 1 1 
= (13.6 eV) z2    .........(ii)
2  4 16 
diving (i) by (ii)
2 5 64 20
  
1 36 12 27
20
2  1
27
Q.24 A galvanometer having a resistance of 20  and 30 divisions on both sides has figure of merit 0.005
ampere/division. The resistance that should be connected in series such that it can be used as a voltmeter upto
15 volt, is:
(1) 120  (2) 125  (3) 80  (4) 100 
Ans. [3]
Sol. Full deflection current
ig = nk

Page 190
= 30 × 0.005
15 = 0.005 × 30 × 20 + 30 × 0.005 × R
R = 80 
Q.25 A particle of mass m and charge q is in an electric and magnetic field given by
 
E  2î  3 ĵ ; B  4ˆj  6k̂.
The charged particle is shifted from he origin to the point P(x = 1; y = 1) along a straight path. The
magnitude of the total work done is :
(1) (2.5) q (2) (0.35) q (3) (0.15) q (4) 5q
Ans. [4]
Sol. Work done by magnetic force = 0
work done by electric force = [(2×1) + (3×1)]q
= 5q
Q.26    
A particle moves from the point 2.0î  4.0 ĵ m, at t = 0, with an initial velocity 5.0î  4.0ˆj ms–1. It is acted
 
upon by a constant force which produces a constant acceleration 4.0î  4.0 ĵ ms–2. What is the distance of
the particle from the origin at time 2 s?
(1) 15 m (2) 20 2 m (3) 10 2 m (4) 5 m
Ans. [2]
1 2
Sol. r2 – r1 = ut + at
2
1 2
r2 = r1 + ut + at
2
1
= ( 2î  4ˆj)  (5î  4 ĵ)  2  ( 4î  4ˆj) 22
2
 2 î  4ˆj  10î  8 ĵ  8î  8ˆj
 20î  20ˆj
| r 2 | 20 2
Q.27 If speed (V), acceleration (A) and force (F) are considered as fundamental units, the dimension of Young,s
modulus will be:
(1) V–2A2F2 (2) V–4A–2F (3) V–4A2F (4) V–2A2F–2
Ans. [3]
Sol. Y = K vx Fy Az ; K is dimension less constant
ML–1T–2 = [LT–1]x [MLT–2] y [LT–2]z
ML–1T–2 = Lx + y + z T–x –2y –2z My
y =1; x + y + z = –1; x + z = –2
and –x –2y –2z = –2
–x –2z = 0; x + 2z = 0;

Page 191
so x = – 4, y = 1, z = 2
–4 2
Y=V AF
Q.28 A copper wire is wound on a wooden frame, whose shape is that of an equilateral triangle. If the linear
dimension of each side of the frame is increased by a factor of 3, keeping the number of turns of the coil per
unit length of the frame the same, then the self inductance of the coil:
(1) decreases by a factor of 9 3 (2) increases by a factor of 27
(3) decreases by a factor of 9 (4) increases by a factor of 3
Ans. [2]
Sol.

N 2 A
L=

N
= constant

N  
L  A
3 2
L  a2 A= a
4
All dimesions becomes 3 times
Hence L become 27 times
Q.29 The magnitude of torque on a particle of mass 1 kg is 2.5 Nm about the origin. If the force acting on it is 1 N,
and the distance of the particle from the origin is 5m, the angle between the force and the position vector is
(in radians) :
   
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 6 4 3
Ans. [2]
  
Sol.   r F
= rF sin
2.5 = 5 × 1 × sin



Page 192
Q.30 In a process, temperature and volume of one mole of an ideal monoatomic gas are varied according to the
relation VT = K, where K is a constant. In this process the temperature of the gas is increased by T. The
amount of heat absorbed by gas is (R is gas constant) :
1 1 3 2K
(1) KRT (2) RT (3) RT (4) T
2 2 2 3
Ans. [2]
Sol. VT = K
From ideal gas equation PV = nRT
PV2 = constant
P1 V1 – P2 V2
For polytropic W =
x 1
nR (T1  T2 )
W
x 1
nR ( T)
W= = –nRT
2 1
Q = U + W
3
= RT – nRT
2
1
Q = RT
2

Page 193

PHYSICS
Q.1 The variation of refractive index of a crown glass thin prism with wavelength of the incident light is shown.
Which of the following graphs is the correct one, if Dm is the angle of minimum deviation?
1.535
n2
1.530
1.525
1.520
1.515
1.510  (nm)
400 500 600 700
Dm Dm
(1) (2)
 (nm)  (nm)
400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Dm Dm
(3) (4)
 (nm)  (nm)
400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Ans. [1]
Sol. Dm  ( – 1) A
as increases  decreases and hence deviation (Dm) also decreases
t
Q.2 A particle undergoing simple harmonic motion has time dependent displacement given by x(t) = Asin .
90
The ratio of kinetic to potential energy of this particle at t = 210 s will be:
1
(1) (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 1
9
Ans. [Bonus]

Page 194
1
Sol. P.E  KA2 sin2 t
2
1 1
K.E = mv2 = m(A cost) 2
2 2
1
 KA2 cos2 t
2
K.E  
= cot2 t = cot2   210
P.E  90 
 7 
 cot2  
 3 
1

3
Q.3 A gas mixture consists of 3 moles of oxygen and 5 moles of argon at temperature T. considering only
translational and rotational modes, the total internal energy of the system is :
(1) 12 RT (2) 20 RT (3) 4 RT (4) 15 RT
Ans. [4]
5 3
Sol. Umix  U1 + U2 = × 3RT + × 5RT
2 2
15 RT
Q.4 Ice at –20°C is added to 50 g of water at 40°C. When the temperature of the mixture reaches 0°C, it is found
that 20 g of ice is still unmelted. The amount of ice added to the water was close to (Specific heat of water =
4.2J/g/°C Specific heat of Ice = 2.1J/g/°C Heat of fusion of water at 0°C= 334J/g)
(1) 100 g (2) 60 g (3) 50 g (4) 40 g
Ans. [4]
Sol. Let m mass ice added to water
m × (2.1) × 20 + (m – 20) × 334 = 50 × 4.2 × 40
42m + 334m – 6680 = 210 × 40 = 8400
m = 40.1
Q.5 In a Young's double slit experiment, the path difference, at a certain point on the screen, between two
1
interfering waves is th of wavelength. The ratio of the intensity at this point to that at the centre of a bright
8
fringe is close to :
(1) 0.94 (2) 0.85 (3) 0.74 (4) 0.80
Ans. [2]
Sol. Let intensity of each waves be I
The intensity at the centre of bright fringe is 4I

x =
8

x 
 = × 2 = 8 × 2 =
  4
  
I1  I + I + 2I cos  
 4
 2I + 2I  3.41 I
I' 3.41
Ratio  = = 0.85
4I 4

Page 195
Q.6 In the figure shown below, the charge on the left plate of the 10 F capacitor is –30C. The charge on the
right plate of the 6 F capacitor is :
6 F
10 F 2 F
4 F
(1) + 12 C (2) + 18 C (3) – 18 C (4) – 12 C
Ans. [2]
Sol.
–q +q
–30 C 6 F
10 F (30–q) 2 F
–(30–q) F
4
Let charge on right plate of 6F capacitor be q
Q
Q = CV ; V =
C
q (30  q )
=
6 4
4q = 180 – 6q
10 q = 180
q = 18
Q.7 A rigid diatomic ideal gas undergoes an adiabatic process at room temperature. The relation between
temperature and volume for this process is TVx = constant, then x is :
5 2 3 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 5 5 3
Ans. [2]
Sol. TV–1 = constant (for adiabatic process)
–1 = x
7
 for diatomic = s
5
7  2
so –1 = x =  
5 5
Q.8 A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height h form the earth surface, such that h<<R where R is the
earth. Assuming that the effect of earth's atmosphere can be neglected the minimum increase in the speed
required so that the satellite could escape from the gravitational field of earth is :
gR
(1) gR ( 2  1) (2) 2gR (3) gR (4)
2
Ans. [1]

Page 196
mv 2 GmM
Sol. =
R R2
GM
v=
R
1 GmM
KEi = mv2 =
2 2R
GMm
P.Ei  –
2R
1   GMm 
To escape mv'2 +   =0
2  R 
2GM
v' =
R
Change in velocity  v' – v
2Gm GM
 –
R R
GM

R
 2 1 
 gR  2 1 
Q.9 In an experiment, electrons are accelerated, from rest, by applying a voltage of 500 V. Calculate the radius of
the path if a magnetic field 100 mT is then applied. [Charge of the electron = 1.6 × 10–19 C Mass of the
electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg]
(1) 7.5 × 10–4 m (2) 7.5 × 10–3 m
(3) 7.5 m (4) 7.5 × 10–2 m
Ans. [1]
mv 2mK
Sol. r= 
qB qB
2mqV

qB
1 2mqV

B q
1 2  9.1  10 31  500


100  103 1.6  10 19
 7.5 × 10–4
Q.10 A hydrogen atom, initially in the ground state is excited by absorbing a photon of wavelength 980Å. The
radius of the atom in the excited state, in terms of Bohr radius a0 will be : (hc = 12500 eVÅ)
(1) 4a0 (2) 9a0 (3) 25a0 (4) 16a0

Page 197
Ans. [4]
n2
Sol. r = a0
z
hc 12500
E = = = 12.75
 980
nf = 4
n2
so r = a0  16a0
z
Q.11 An amplitude modulated signal is given by V(t) = 10[1 + 0.3cos(2.2 × 104t)] sin(5.5 × 105t). Here t is in
seconds. The sideband frequencies (in kHz) are, [Given  = 22/7]
(1) 892.5 and 857.5 (2) 89.25 and 85.75 (3) 1785 and 1715 (4) 178.5 and 171.5
Ans. [2]
Sol. V(t) = 10 [1 + 0.3 cos (2.2 × 104t) sin(5.5 × 105t)]
V(t) = 10 + 1.5[sin(572 × 103t) + sin(528 × 103t)]
we get, L + C = 572 × 103 = 2f1
572  103
f1 = = 91 KHz
2
L – C = 528 × 103 = 2f2
572  103
f2 = = 84 KHz
2
Q.12 An object is at a distance of 20 m from a convex lens of focal length 0.3 m. The lens forms an image of the
object. If the object moves away from the lens at a speed of 5 m/s, the speed and direction of the image will
be :
(1) 1.16 × 10–3 m/s towards the lens (2) 2.26 × 10–3 m/s away from the lens
(3) 3.22 × 10–3 m/s towards the lens (4) 0.92 × 10–3 m/s away from the lens
Ans. [1]
f 0 .3 0 .3
Sol. m= = =
f u 0.3  20  19.7
vI = (m)2 vO
2
 0 .3  –3
vI =   × (–5) = 1.15 × 10 m/s towards the lens
  19. 7 
Q.13 If the de Broglie wavelength of an electron is equal to the 10–3 times the wavelength of a photon of frequency
6 × 1014 Hz, then the speed of electron is equal to : (Speed of light = 3 × 108 m/s, Planck's constant = 6.63 ×
10–34 J.s, Mass of electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg)
(1) 1.7 × 106 m/s (2) 1.45 × 106 m/s (3) 1.1 × 106 m/s (4) 1.8 × 106 m/s
Ans. [2]

Page 146
 2 + mg sin  = fr = mg cos  .....(i)
10 N
mg sin  fr mg cos 
mg
fr + mg sin  = 10
mg cos  + mg sin  = 10 .....(ii)
(i) + (ii) equation
2 + 2 mg sin  = 10
1
2 mg  =8
2
m × 10 = 8
m = 0.8 kg
from (1)
1 3
2 + 0.8 × 10 × = × 0.8 × 10 ×
2 2
6=× 3
3
=
2
Q.8 A plano-convex lens (focal length f2, refractive index 2, radius of curvature R) fits exactly into a
plano-concave lens (focal length f1, refractive index 1, radius of curvature R). Their plane surfaces are
parallel to each other. Then, the focal length of the combination will be :
R 2f1f 2
(1) f1 + f2 (2) f1 – f2 (3) (4)
 2 – 1 f1  f 2
Ans. [3]
Sol.
R
1 
2
P2 = P1 + P2
1 1 1
= +
f2 f1 f2
1 1   1 1
= (2 – 1)    + k – 1   
  R   R 
1 1
= (2 – 1) – (1 – 1)
R R

Page 199
Self inductance 'L'
 = Li
n1 (0n1i r12) = Li
L = 0n12 r12 
Mutual inductance 'M'
 = Mi2
n1 (0n2i2 r12) = Mi2
M = 0 n1n2  r12
M  n n r 2 n
= 0 1 22 12 = 2
L  0 n1 r1 n1
 x2 
Q.16 The force of interaction between tow atoms is given by F = exp    ; where x is the distance, k is the

 kt 
Boltzmann constant and T is temperature and  and  are two constants. The dimension of  is :
(1) M2L2T–2 (2) M2LT–4 (3) MLT–2 (4) M0L2T–4
Ans. [2]
x2
Sol. = dimensionless
KT
So dimension of  will be
x2
=
KT
dimension of F = dimension of 
F
dimension of  = dimension of

FKT MLT 2  ML2 T –2
= = = M2LT–4
x2 L2
Q.17 Three charges Q, + q and + q are placed at the vertices of a right-angle isosceles triangle as shown below.
The net electrostatic energy of the configuration is zero, if the value of Q is :
Q
+q +q
q  2q
(1) (2) + q (3) – 2q (4)
1 2 2 1
Ans. [4]

Page 149
 Energy absorbed by Hg atom = 5.6 – 0.7 = 4.4 eV.
1240
min. = nm
4 .9
_ 250 nm
~
Q.12 A load of mass M kg is suspended from a steel wire of length 2m and radius 1.0 mm in Searle's apparatus
experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 4.0 mm. Now the load is fully immersed in a
liquid of relative density 2. The relative density of the material of load is 8.
The new value of increase in length of the steel wire is:
(1) 5.0 mm (2) zero (3) 3.0 mm (4) 4.0 mm
Ans. [3]
Sol.
stree
y=
strain
mg 
 =y.
A 
 mg   …….(1)
If it is dipped in a liquid
Stress = mg – B
Stress = mg – m'g
mg – m'g  ' …..(2)
(2)/(1)
m  m' '
=
m 
 m' 
 ' = '  1  
 m
 2
= 4mm 1  
 8
' = 3mm

Page 201
Sol. Let of length of null point J be x
 6  4 1
E1   × x =
 4  2  L 2
x 1

L 8
 6  4 6 4 1
E2 =   × x = × ×  0.3V
46 L 10 1 8
Q.21 In the circuit shown,

R L
S2
S1

the switch S1 is closed at time t = 0 and the switch S2 is kept open. At some later time(t0), the switch S1 is
opened and S2 is closed. The behavior of the current I as a function of time 't' is given by :
I I
(1) (2)
to t to t
I I
(3) (4)
to t to t
Ans. [Bonus]
di
Sol. –L – iR = 0
dt
di
=L + iR
dt
di
– iR = L
dt
dt di
 L =    iR
Let  – iR = P
dt 1 dP
L =
R P

Page 202
R
t = n P
L
R    iR 
t = n  
L   
R

L
t iR
e =1–

 t
  
i= 1  e   during growth
R  
 
L
 =   
R
1

 i = imax e  during decay
I
 
to t
  
Q.22 A slab is subjected to two forces F1 and F2 of same magnitude F as shown in the figure. Force F2 is in XY-
  
 
plane while force F1 acts along z=axis at the point 2 i  3 j . The moment of these forces about point O will
be :
z

F1 
F2
O y
30°
4m
6m
x
(1) (3î  2ˆj  3k̂ ) F (2) (3î  2ˆj  3k̂ ) F (3) (3î  2ˆj  3k̂ ) F (4) (3î  2ˆj  3k̂ ) F
Ans. [4]
    
Sol.  = r1  F1 + r2  F2
   3 ˆ F 
 
  2 i  3 j × Fk̂ + 6ˆj ×   F
 2
j  î
2 

 2F (–ˆj) + (3F î ) + (3Fk̂ )
 (3î  2ˆj  3k̂ ) F

Page 151
Ans. [2]
Sol.
+ –
+ –
+ –

+ 0 –
+ –
+ –
Q –Q

  100
0
q
 100
A 0
q = (1 m2) × (8.85 × 10 –12) × 100
q = 8.85 × 10–10 C
Q.16 A vertical closed cylinder is separated into two parts by a frictionless piston of mass m and of negligible
thickness. The piston is free to move along the length of the cylinder. The length of the cylinder above the
piston is 1, and that below the piston is 2, such that 1 > 2. Each part of the cylinder contains n moles of an
ideal gas at equal temperature T. If the piston is stationary, its mass, m, will be given by :
(R is universal gas constant and g is the acceleration due to gravity)
nRT   1 –  2  RT  2 1   2  nRT  1 1 RT   1 – 3 2 
(1)   (2)   (3)    (4)  
g   1 2  g   1 2  g   2 1  ng   1 2 
Ans. [1]
Sol.
1
F1
F2
mg
2
Mg + F1 = F2
Mg + p1A = P2A PV = nRT
Mg = (p2 – p1) A
1 1
= nRT   
  2 1 
nRT   1   2 
m =  
g   1 2 

Page 204
Q.25 In a Wheatstone bridge(see fig.), Resistances P and Q are approximately equal. When R = 400 , the bridge
is balanced. On interchanging P and Q, the value of R, for balance, is 405 . The value of X is close to :
B
P Q
A G C
K2
R X
K1
(1) 402.5 ohm (2) 401.5 ohm (3) 403.5 ohm (4) 404.5 ohm
Ans. [1]
P 400
Sol. = Ist condition
Q x
Q 405
= IInd condition
P x
x 405
=
400 x
x2 = 400 × 405
x = 20 405 = 402.5
Q.26 A body is projected at t = 0 with a velocity 10 ms–1 at an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The radius of
curvature of its trajectory at t = 1s is R. neglecting air resistance and taking acceleration due to gravity g = 10
ms–2, the value of R is :
(1) 2.8 m (2) 5.1 m (3) 2.5 m (4) 10.3m
Ans. [1]
5 3
10 m/s 5


60º
10 – 5/3
Sol.
at t = 1
V = | 5 3 – 10  1 | = (10 – 5 3 )
10  5 3
tan
5
tan = ( 2  3 )

Page 205
V2
ac = gcos =
R
V2 25  (10 – 5 3 ) 2
R= = × 8–4 3
g cos  10  1
25  100  75  100 3

1
10 
84 3
200  100 3

1
10 
84 3
 ( 20 – 10 3 ) 84 3
 2.679
Q.27 Equation of travelling wave on a stretched string of linear density 5 g/m is y = 0.03 sin(450 t – 9x) where
distance and time are measured in SI units. The tension in the string is :
(1) 10 N (2) 7.5 N (3) 5 N (4) 12.5 N
Ans.[4]
T
Sol. v=

T = v2
2
  450   5  10 3 
v=    
k  9   1 
 2500 × 5 × 10–3
 12.5 N
Q.28 An equilateral triangle ABC is cut from a thin solid sheet of wood. (see figure) D, E and F are the mid-points
of its sides as shown and G is the centre of the triangle. The moment of inertia of the triangle about an axis
passing through G and perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is I0. If the smaller triangle DEF is removed
from ABC, the moment of inertia of the remaining figure about the same axis is I. then :
A
D E
.G
B C
F
I0 15 9 3
(1) I = (2) I = I0 (3) I = I0 (4) I = I0
4 16 16 4
Ans. [2]

Page 206
Sol.
I = Km2, where k any constant

Icomplete = Iremaining + Iremoved
2
 M   
I = Iremaining + K   
 4  2 
KM 2
 Iremain +
16
I
I = Iremaining +
16
I
I– = Iremain
16
15 I
= Iremaining
16
Q.29 An electromagnetic wave of intensity 50 Wm–2 enters in a medium of refractive index 'n' without any loss.
The ratio of the magnitudes of electric, and the ratio of the magnitudes of magnetic fields of the wave before
and after entering into the medium are respectively, given by:
 1 1   1   1 
(1)  ,  (2)  n, n  (3)  n,  (4)  , n 
 n n  n  n 
Ans. [3]
 Ei 
Sol.   = c
 Bi 
 Ef 
  = v
 Bf 
 Ei  1 c n  i B 1 
   = =n=   n, i  
1  Bf n 
 Ef 
  Bi 

v  f
B n
 f 
 1 
 n , 
 n

Page 207
Q.30 In the given circuit the current through Zener Diode is close to:
R1 500 
12V
R2 V2 = 10V R2
1500 
(1) 0.0 mA (2) 6.7 mA (3) 4.0 mA (4) 6.0 mA

Ans. [1]
Sol. When potential drop across 1500  is 10 V, then electric current flowing through it will be –
10 20
I2 =  mA = 6.61 mA
1500 3
Now, 2V will be the potential difference across 500 
 Electric current flowing through it
2
I1 = = 4 mA
500
I2 > I1 will not be possible
 potential drop across zener diode will be less than 10 V. Hence no current will flow through it.

Page 208

Question & Solutions
PHYSICS
Q.1 Four equal point charges Q each are placed in the xy plane at (0, 2), (4, 2), (4, –2) and (0, –2). The work
required to put a fifth charge Q at the origin of the coordinate system will be -
Q2 Q2 Q2  1  Q2  1 
(1) (2) (3) 1   (4) 1  
40 2 2  0 4  0  3 4  0  5
Ans. [4]
Sol. W = qV = q [V0 – V] = qV0
Potential at origin = V0
kQ kQ
V0 = 2.  2.
2 2 5
 1 
= kQ 1  
 5
 1  Q2  1 
 Word done = kqQ 1   = 1  
 5 4  0  5
Q.2 A rigid massless rod of length 3l has two masses attached at each end as shown in the figure. The rod is
pivoted at point P on the horizontal axis (see figure). When released from initial horizontal position, its
instantaneous angular acceleration will be -
l 2l
5M0 P 2M0
g g g 7g
(1) (2) (3) (4)
13l 2l 3l 3l
Ans. [1]
Sol.
 2
5M0 2M0
P
5M0g 2M0g

Page 209
 about P = 5M0g – 2M0g × 2
= M0g
 about P = IP
M0g = [5M02 + 2M0 × 42] 
M0g = 13M02
g
=
13
Q.3 A closed organ pipe has a fundamental frequency of 1.5 kHz. The number of overtones that can be distinctly
heard by a person with this organ pipe will be (Assume that the highest frequency a person can hear is 20,000 Hz)
(1) 4 (2) 7 (3) 6 (4) 5
Ans. [3]
v
Sol. f  ( 2n  1)
4
v
 1500
4
f = (2n – 1) × 1500
fmax for audible frequency = 20,000
(2n – 1) × 1500 < 20,000
200
2n – 1 
15
40
2n – 1 
3
2n – 1 < 13.33
2n < 14.33
n < 7.16
n=7
Number of overtone = n – 1 = 7 – 1 = 6
Q.4 Consider the nuclear fission

Ne20  2He4 + C12
Given that the binding energy/ nucleon of Ne20, He4 and C12 are, respectively, 8.03 MeV, 7.07 MeV and 7.86
MeV, identify the correct statement -
(1) 8.3 MeV energy will be released (2) energy of 11.9 MeV has to be supplied
(3) energy of 12.4 MeV will be supplied (4) energy of 3.6 MeV will be released
Ans. [2]
Sol.
C12
–E2
+E1
Ne20
–E3
2He4
Esupplied = E1 = 20 × BEN of Ne20
Ereleased = 12 BEN of C12 + 2 × 4 × BEN of He4
Supplied energy = 20 BEN of Ne20 – 12 × BEN of C12 – 2 × 4 × BEN of He4
= 11.9 MeV

Page 210
Q.5 A metal plate of area 1 × 10 m is illuminated by a radiation of intensity 16 mW/m2. The work function of
–4 2
the metal is 5 eV. The energy of the incident photons is 10 eV and only 10% of it produces photo electrons.
The number of emitted photoelectrons per second and their maximum energy, respectively, will be -
(1) 1014 and 10 eV (2) 1012 and 5 eV (3) 1011 and 5 eV (4) 1010 and 5 eV
Ans. [4]
Sol. Energy incident on plate per second = IA
= 16 × 10–3 × 1 × 10–4
= 16 × 10–7 watt
KEmax = hf – 
= 10 – 5 = 5 eV

N hc
= 1.6 × 10–7


N × 10 × 1.6 × 10–19 = 1.6 × 10–7

N × 10–18 = 10–7

N = 1011
10% of incident photon emit electron
 10
 No of emitted electrons per second = N × = 1010.
100
Q.6 For the circuit shown below, the current through the Zener diode is-
5 k
120 volt 10 k
50V
(1) 5 mA (2) zero (3) 14 mA (4) 9 mA

Ans. [3]
Sol.
5k I
I2 I1
120 volt 50V 10 k
V1 = 120 – 50 = 70
I × 5 × 103 = 70
I = 14 mA
V1 = 50 = I1 × 10 × 103
I1 = 5 mA
I2 = I – I1 = 14 – 5 = 9 mA

Page 211
   
Q.7 Two vectors A and B have equal magnitudes. The magnitude of ( A  B ) is ‘n’ times the magnitude of
   
( A  B ). The angle between A and B is -
 n  1  n 2  1  n 2  1  n  1
(1) sin–1   (2) sin–1  2  (3) cos–1  2  (4) cos–1  
 n  1  n  1  n  1  n  1
Ans. [3]
   
Sol. | A  B | = n| A  B |
A2 + B2 + 2AB cos  = n2 (A2 + B2 – 2AB cos )
2AB cos  (1 + n2) = (A2 + B2) (n2 – 1)
A 2  B2 (n 2  1)
cos  =
2AB ( n 2  1)
As A = B
B2  B2  n2 1
 cos  =  
2B 2  n2 1
 
n2 1
cos  =
n2 1
 n2 1
 = cos–1  2 

 n 1
Q.8 The diameter and height of a cylinder are measured by a meter scale to be 12.6 ± 0.1 cm and 34.2 ± 0.1 cm,
respectively. What will be the value of its volume in appropriate significant figures ?
(1) 4264.4 ± 81.0 cm3 (2) 4264 ± 81 cm3 (3) 4300 ± 80 cm3 (4) 4260 ± 80 cm3
Ans. [4]
D 2 h
Sol. V=
4

V= × (12.6) 2  34.2
4
V = 4262.229
Answer should be in three significant numbers
As D & h both have 3 significant figures
 V = 4260
dV dD dh
=2 +
V D h
 0 .1 0.1 
dV = 2    × 4260
 12.6 34.2 
dV = 80
 V = 4260 ± 80 cm3

Page 212
Q.9 A current of 2 mA was passed through an unknown resistor which dissipated a power of 4.4 W. Dissipated
power when an ideal power supply of 11 V is connected across it is -
(1) 11 × 10–5 W (2) 11 × 10–3 W (3) 11 × 105 W (4) 11 × 10–4 W
Ans. [1]
Sol. i2R = P
4 × 10–6 × R = 4.4
R = 1.1 × 106 
112
P=
R
11  11  10
= = 11 × 10–5
11  106
Q.10 Two stars of masses 3 × 1031 kg each, and at distance 2 × 1011 m rotate in a plane about their common centre
of mass O. A meteorite passes through O moving perpendicular to the star’s rotation plane. In order to escape
from the gravitational field of this double star, the minimum speed that meteorite should have at O is - (Take
Gravitational constant; G = 6.67 × 10–11 Nm2 kg–2)
(1) 2.4 × 104 m/s (2) 1.4 × 105 m/s (3) 3.8 × 104 m/s (4) 2.8 × 105 m/s
Ans. [4]
Sol.
v
O
r
When total mechanical energy of meteorite become 0
then meteorite will escape out
1  GM GM 
mv2 + m   =0
2  r r 
4GM 4  6.67  3  10 11  1031
v2 = =
r 1011
v = 2.8 × 105 m/s
Q.11 Consider a Young’s double slit experiment as shown in figure. What should be the slit separation d in terms
of wavelength  such that the first minima occurs directly in front of the slit (S1) ?
S1 P
1st minima
d
Source
S2
2d Screen
   
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2(5  2 ) 2( 5  2) (5  2 ) ( 5  2)
Ans. [2]

Page 213
Sol.
S1
P
S2 2d
At point P x = 5 d – 2d
x = d( 5 –2)

For first minima x =
2

d=
2( 5  2)
Q.12 At some location on earth the horizontal component of earth’s magnetic field is 18 × 10–6 T. At this location,
magnetic needle of length 0.12 m and pole strength 1.8 Am is suspended from its mid-point using a thread, it
makes 45° angle with horizontal in equilibrium. To keep this needle horizontal, the vertical force that should
be applied at one of its ends is -
(1) 3.6 × 10–5 N (2) 1.8 × 10–5 N (3) 1.3 × 10–5 N (4) 6.5 × 10–5 N
Ans. [4]
Sol.
BH = 18 × 10–6
45º
BEarth
BH = BEarth cos45º
BEarth = BH 2
–m 0.06 +m
S N
O 45º
F
BEarth
Z abt 0 = 0
MBEarth sin45º – F × 0.06 = 0
1
1.8 × 0.12 BH × 2 – F × 0.06 = 0
2
F = 1.8 × 2 × BH
= 3.6 × 18 × 10–6
= 64.8 × 10–6
= 6.5 × 10–5 N

Page 214
Q.13 Charges –q and +q located at A and B, respectively, constitude an electric dipole. Distance AB = 2a, O is the
mid point of the dipole and OP is perpendicular to AB. A charge Q is placed at P where OP = y and y >> 2a.
The charge Q experiences an electrostatic force F. If Q is now moved along the equatorial line to P such that
 y y 
OP =   , the force on Q will be close to -   2a 
 3 3 
P
Q P
O
A B
–q +q
(1) 9F (2) 3F (3) F/3 (4) 27F

Ans. [1]
Sol.
2Kp
E=
r3 y
dipole
| P |  q.2a
F = QE
2Kp
F  Q. 3
y
2Kp
Q.
F y3

F 2Kp
Q.
( y / 3) 3
F 1

F 27
F = 27 F
Q.14 The self induced emf of a coil is 25 volts. When the current in it is changed at uniform rate from 10 A to
25 A in 1s, the change in the energy of the inductance is -
(1) 740 J (2) 637.5 J (3) 540 J (4) 437.5 J
Ans. [4]
di
Sol. Induced emf = L
dt
L  (25  10)
=
1
= L × 15
L × 15 = 25
25
L=
15

Page 215
1
Change in energy of inductor =
2

L 252  10 2 
1 25
=  × 15 × 35
2 15
25  35
=
2
= 437.5 Joule
Q.15 Half mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is heated at constant pressure of 1 atm from 20°C to 90°C. Work done
by gas is close to – (Gas constant R = 8.31 J/mol.K)
(1) 581 J (2) 73 J (3) 146 J (4) 291 J
Ans. [4]
Sol.  = 0.5 mole; P = 1 atm
T1 = 20°C ; T2 = 90°C
1
W = P[V2 – V1] = R(T2 – T1)   8.31 70 = 291 J
2
Q.16 Two kg of a monoatomic gas is at a pressure of 4 × 104 N/m2. The density of the gas is 8 kg/m3. What is the
order of energy of the gas due to its thermal motion ?
(1) 104 J (2) 103 J (3) 105 J (4) 106 J
Ans. [1]
RT
Sol. P
M
8
4  104   8.314 T
4 1.6  1027
3 3 2
E PV   4  104   1.5  104
2 2 8 .4
Q.17 The modulation frequency of an AM radio station is 250 kHz, which is 10% of the carrier wave. If another
AM station approaches you for license what broadcast frequency will you allot ?
(1) 2900 kHz (2) 2750 kHz (3) 2250 kHz (4) 2000 kz
Ans. [4]
Sol. Amplitude modulated wave consist of three waves fc, fc – fm – fc + fm
fc – fm and fc + fm are side band frequency
fc = 250 × 10
= 250 kHz
Left Side Band = LSB = fc – fm = 2500 – 250
= 2250 kHz
Right Side Band = RSB = fc + fm = 2500 + 250
= 2750 kHz
One new signal is of 250 Hz

Page 216
For this carrier wave should be taken in such a way that.
LSB, RSB, fc do not overlap with previous frequencies.
 fc = 2000
as LSB = 1750 kHz
RSB = 2250 kHz
NTA has given answer (1) but answer should be (4).
Q.18 The electric field of a plane polarized electromagnetic wave in free space at time t = 0 is given by an
 
expression E ( x, y)  10 ĵ cos [(6x  8z )] . The magnetic field B ( x, z, t ) is given by – (c is the velocity of light)
1 1
(1) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )] (2) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )]
c c
1 1
(3) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )] (4) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )]
c c
Ans. [2]
Sol. E = 10 ˆj cos(6x + 8z)

Phase angle of E at t = 0 is 6x + 8z.
As E and B oscillate in same phase  at t = 0
Phase angle of B must be 6x + 8z
6 ĵ  8k̂
Direction of wave propagation =
36  64
6ˆj  8k̂
=
10
 
 EB
ˆ
Let B = a î  bj  dk̂ and unit vector in direction of propagation of EM wave is  
| E || B |
 
EB 6î  8k̂
  =
| E || B | 10
10 d î  k̂ (–10a ) 6 î  8k̂
=
10  a  b  a 2 2 2 10
 E 10
|B| = =
c c
[10 d î  10ak̂ ] 6î  8k̂
c =
10  10 10
c| d î  a k̂ | = 6 î  8 k̂
6
d=
c
8  8 6
a=   B =  î  k̂
c c c
6k̂  8î
B = cos(6x + 8z – 10ct)
c

Page 217
Q.19 A particle starts from the origin at time t = 0 and moves along the positive x-axis. The graph of velocity with
respect to time is shown in figure. What is the position of the particle at time t = 5s ?
v(m/s)
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 t(s)
(1) 3 m (2) 9 m (3) 10 m (4) 6 m
Ans. [2]
Sol. Area under v-t curve gives displacement.
A = 2 + 4 + 3 = 9 = S
S = xf – xi = 9 – 0 = 9
So, final position is x = 9 m.
Q.20 Two forces P and Q, of magnitude 2F and 3F, respectively, are at an angle  with each other. If the force Q is
doubled, then their resultant also gets doubled. Then, the angle  is -
(1) 90º (2) 60º (3) 30º (4) 120º
Ans. [2]
Sol. R1 = (2F) 2  (3F) 2  2.2F.3F cos 
R2 = (2F) 2  (6F) 2  2.2F.6F cos 

If R2 = 2R1
(2F) 2  (3F) 2  2.2F.3F cos  = 2 (2F) 2  (6F) 2  2.2F.6F cos 
1
cos  = – = cos 120°
2
= 120°
Q.21 The eye can be regarded as a single refracting surface. The radius of curvature of this surface is equal to that
of cornea (7.8 mm). This surface separateds two media of refractive indices 1 and 1.34. Calculate the
distance from the refracting surface at which a parallel beam of light will come to focus -
(1) 2 cm (2) 3.1 cm (3) 4.0 cm (4) 1 cm
Ans. [2]
r    i
Sol. – i = r
v u R
4
u = –  ; v = ? ; r =
3
R = + 7.8
4 4 / 3 1 1
–0= =
3v 7 .8 3  7 .8
v = + 4 × 7.8 = 31.2 mm = 3.1 cm

Page 218
Q.22 A cylindrical plastic bottle of negligible mass is filled with 310 ml of water and left floating in a pond with
still water. If pressed downward slightly and released, it starts performing simple harmonic motion at angular
frequency . If the radius of the bottle is 2.5 cm then  is close to – (density of water = 103 kg/m3).
(1) 2.50 rad s–1 (2) 3.75 rad s–1 (3) 5.00 rad s–1 (4) 1.25 rad s–1
Ans. [Bonus]
Sol.
On depressed slightly restoring force Awater xg

Mass of bottle with water in it = V × water
= 310 × 10–6 × 103+
= 0.31 kg
0.31 a = Awater x × 10
2
 2.5  10  10
a =    x
 100  0.31
3.1 ( 2.5) 2  10 4
=  x
0.31 10 4
a = 10 × (2.5)2x
a = 62.5 x
= 62.5 rad/s
 = 8 rad/s
as no answer is matching.
Q.23 A hope and a solid cylinder of same mass and radius are made of a permanent magnetic material with their
magnetic moment parallel to their respective axes. But the magnetic moment of hoop is twice of solid
cylinder. They are placed in a uniform magnetic field in such a manner that their magnetic moments make a
small angle with the field. If the oscillation periods of hoop and cylinder are Th and Tc respectively, then -
(1) Th = 1.5 Tc (2) Th = Tc (3) Th = 2Tc (4) Th = 0.5Tc
Ans. [2]
Sol. MC = 2M & MH = M
I
Using T = 2
MB
TH IH MC mR 2 1
 = = =
TC M H IC 1 1
mR 2 2M
2
T = TC

Page 162
Q.4 A cylinder of radius R is surrounded by a cylindrical shell of inner radius R and outer radius 2R. The thermal
conductivity of the material of the inner cylinder is K1 and the of the outer cylinder is K2. Assuming no loss
of heat, the effective thermal conductivity of the system for heat flowing along the length of the cylinder is :
K1  3K 2 K1  K 2 2K 1  3K 2
(1) K1 + K2 (2) (3) (4)
4 2 5
Ans. [2]
Sol.
T2
R2
K2
2R
R K1 =
R
R1

1 1 1
= +
R th R1 R2
K eq 4R 2 K1R 2 K  3R 2

= + 2
  
4 Keq = K1 + 3K2
K1  3K 2
Keq =
4
Q.5 A particle A of mass 'm' and charge 'q' is accelerated by a potential difference of 50 V. Another particle B of
mass ' 4 m' and charge 'q' is accelerated by a potential difference of 2500 V. The ratio of de-Broglie
A
wavelengths is close to :
B
(1) 4.47 (2) 10.00 (3) 14.14 (4) 0.07
Ans. [3]
h h
Sol. = =
P 2mk
h
de Broglie wave length  =
2mqV
A m B v B 4m  2500
 = = = 200 = 10 2
B m A v A m  50
A
= 14.14
B
Q.6 A light wave is incident normally on a glass slab of refractive index 1.5. If 4 % of light gets reflected and the
amplitude of the electric field of the incident light is 30 V/m, then the amplitude of the electric field for the
wave propagating in the glass medium will be :
(1) 6 V/m (2) 10 V/m (3) 30 V/m (4) 24 V/m

Page 220
Q.25 The actual value of resistance R, shown in the figure is 30. This is measuered in an experiment as shown
V
using the standard formula R = , where V and I are the readings of the voltmeter and ammeter,
I
respectively. If the measured value of R is 5% less, then the internal resistance of the voltmeter is -
V
A
R
(1) 570  (2) 600  (3) 350  (4) 35 

Ans. [1]
Sol.
RV
RA R
i
V

  (R V  R )
i= =
R VR R A R V  R A R  R VR
RA 
RV  R
R V R
V=
 RVR 
( R V  R ) R A  
 RV  R 
R V R
V=
R A R V  R A R  R VR
V
Rres =
i
5  5 
Rres = 30 – 30 × = 30 1   = 28.5
100  100 
RVR
28.5 =
RV  R
28.5 RV + 28.5 × 30 = RV × 30
30 × 28.5 = RV × 1.5
28.5
RV = × 30 = 570 
1 .5
Q.26 An unknown metal of mass 192 g heated to a temperature of 100°C was immersed into a brass calorimeter of
mass 128 g containing 240 g of water at a temperature of 8.4°C. Calculate the specific heat of the unknown
metal if water temperature stabilizes at 21.5ºC. (Specific heat of brass is 394 J kg–1 K–1)
(1) 458 J kg–1 K–1 (2) 1232 J kg–1 K–1 (3) 654 J kg–1 K–1 (4) 916 J kg–1 K–1
Ans. [4]

Page 221
Sol. Final temperature = 21.5°C
Total heat gain = 0
128
192 × 5(21.5 – 100) + × 394(21.5 – 8.4) + 240 × 4.2 (21.5 – 8.4) = 0
1000
– 5 × 15072 + 13865.45 = 0
S = 916 J kg–1 K–1
    
Q.27 A particle which is experiencing a force, given by F  3 i  12 j , undergoes a displacement of d  4 i . If
particle had a kinetic energy of 3 J at the beginning of the displacement, what is its kinetic energy at the end
of the displacement ?
(1) 9 J (2) 10 J (3) 12 J (4) 15 J
Ans. [4]
 
Sol. w = F . d = ( 3î  12 ĵ ) · ( 4î )
w = 12 Joule
W.E.T.
wTotal = k = kf – ki
12 = kf – 3J
 kf = 15J
Q.28 A particle executes simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 5 cm. When the particle is at 4 cm from the
mean position, the magnitude of its velocity in SI units is equal to that of its acceleration. Then, its periodic
time in seconds is -
4 3 7 8
(1) (2)  (3)  (4)
3 8 3 3
Ans. [4]
Sol. v =  A2  x2
a = 2x
v=a (according to question |velocity| = |acceleration|).
2
 A2  x2 =  x
A 2  x 2 = x
A2 – x2 = 2x2
25 – 16 = 2 × 16
9 = 2 × 16
9 3
= =
16 4
2 2 8
T= = ×4= sec
 3 3

Page 222
Q.29 Two identical spherical balls of mass M and radius R each are stuck on two ends of a rod of length 2R and
mass M (see figure). The moment of inertia of the system about the axis passing perpendicularly through the
centre of the rod is :
2R
R R
17 137 209 152

(1) MR2 (2) MR2 (3) MR2 (4) MR2
15 15 15 15
Ans. [1]
Sol. I = 2Isp + Irod
2
2  M (2 R )
 2  MR 2  M( 2R ) 2  
5  12
2
 22  MR
 2  MR 2  
5  3

132  5 MR 2
15
137
I MR 2
15
Q.30 A parallel plate capacitor having capacitance 12 pF is charged by a battery to a potential difference of 10 V
between its plates. The charging battery is now disconnected and a porcelain slab of dielectric constant 6.5 is
slipped between the plates. The work done by the capacitor on the slab is :
(1) 508 pJ (2) 692 pJ (3) 560 pJ (4) 600 pJ
Ans. [1]
Sol.
C = 12 × 10–12
10V
Internal energy = u
1
Q = CV ui = × 12 × 10–12 × 100
2
= 12 × 10–12 × 10 = 600 × 10–12
= 12 × 10–11 J = 6 × 10–10 J
After insertion
C = KC = 6.5 × 12 × 10–12
Q2 12 12  1011 1011
Final energy uf = =
2C 2  6.5 12  1012
So energy dissipated = ui – uf
 508 pJ

Page 223

PHYSICS
Q.1 Two guns A and B can fire bullets at speeds 1 km/s and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a horizontal
ground, they are fired in all possible directions. The ratio of maximum areas covered by the bullets fired by
the two guns, on the ground is -
(1) 1 : 16 (2) 1 : 8 (3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 4
Ans. [1]
Sol.

R
Area covered = R2

When R is maximum area covered is also maximum
u 2 sin 2
R=
g
u2
Rmax = ( = 45°)
g
Area covered  u4
4
1 1
Ratio =   =
2 16
Q.2 A heat source at T = 103 K is connected to another heat reservoir at T = 102 K by a copper slab which is 1 m
thick. Given that the thermal conductivity of copper is 0.1 WK–1 m–1, the energy flux through it in the steady
state is -
(1) 200 Wm–2 (2) 65 Wm–2 (3) 120 Wm–2 (4) 90 Wm–2
Ans. [4]
kAT
Sol. Heat current H =
L
H kT 0.1(900)
Heat flux = = = = 90 Wm–2
A L 1

Page 170
Charge on capacitance
Q = C
Q2
Initially energy =
2C
When switch is changed to position B
C 3C
Q2 Q2
Total energy E2 = =
2( 4C ) 8C
Change in energy = E1 – E2
Q 2 Q2 3Q 2
 = 
2C 8C 8C
Q.19 For the given cyclic process CAB as shown for a gas, the work done is :
C A
6.0
5
4
P (pa)
3
2
1 B
1 2 3 4 5
V (m3)
(1) 1 J (2) 10 J (3) 5 J (4) 30 J
Ans. [2]
Sol. Work done = Area of loop
1
= × 4 × 5 = 10 J
2
Q.20 A straight rod of length L extends from x = a to x = L + a. The gravitational force it exerts on a point mass
'm' at x = 0, if the mass per unit length of the rod is A + Bx2, is given by :
 1 1    1 1  
(1) Gm A –  – BL (2) Gm A –   BL
 a aL   a a L 
  1 1    1 1 
(3) Gm A –   BL (4) Gm A –  – BL
 a  L a   aL a 

Page 225
 v 
Sol. ƒ2 = ƒ 0  
 v 17 
 v 
ƒ1 = ƒ 0  
 v  34 
ƒ2 v  34
=
ƒ1 v  17
340  34 306 18
= = =
340  17 323 19
ƒ1 19
=
ƒ 2 18
Q.6 In the cube of side ‘a’ shown in the figure, the vector from the central point of the face ABOD to the central
point of the face BEFO will be -
z
B E
A H a
G
O F y
a
D a
x
1 1 1 ˆ 1
(1) a ( k̂  î ) (2) a ( ˆj  î ) (3) a ( j  k̂ ) (4) a ( î  k̂ )
2 2 2 2
Ans. [2]
Sol.
z
x
Let side of cube is a
a a  a a
coordinates of point 1  ,0,  , r1 = î  k̂
2 2 2 2
 a a
 a a
coordinates of point 2  0, ,  , r2 = ˆj  k̂
 2 2 2 2
  a a
r2 = r1 = ĵ  î
2 2

Page 174
dR
Q.24 In a meter bridge, the wire of length 1 m has a non-uniform cross-section such that, the variation of its
d
dR 1
resistance R with length  is  . Two equal resistances are connected as shown in the figure. The
d 
galvanometer has zero deflection when the jockey is at point P. What is the length AP ?
R' R'
G
P
A B
 1–
(1) 0.3 m (2) 0.25 m (3) 0.35 m (4) 0.2 m

Ans. [2]
dR k
Sol. =
d 
R = k2 
R = 2k 
 RAP = 2k 
 RAB = 2k  = 2k
 RPB = 2k  – 2 
= 2k(1 – )
R' R'
 =
R AP R PB
 2K(1 – 2 ) = 2k 
1=2 
1
 l= = 0.025 m
4
Q.25 A 100 V carrier wave is made to vary between 160 V and 40 V by a modulating signal. What is the
modulation index ?
(1) 0.5 (2) 0.6 (3) 0.4 (4) 0.3
Ans. [2]
Sol. AC = 100 V
AC – Am = 40 V
Am = 60 V
A 60
µ= m = = 0.6
AC 100

Page 175
Q.26 A proton and an -particle (with their masses in the ratio of 1 : 4 and charges in the ratio of 1 : 2) are
accelerated from rest through a potential difference V. If a uniform magnetic field (B) is set up perpendicular
to their velocities, the ratio of the radii rp : r of the circular paths described by them will be ;
(1) 1 : 3 (2) 1 : 3 (3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 2
Ans. [3]
mV 2mqV
Sol. Radius of curvature R = =
qB qB
m
R
q
RP m( 2q)
= =1: 2 
R q ( 4m )
Q.27 A passenger train of length 60 m travels at a speed of 80 km/hr. Another freight train of length 120 m travels
at a speed of 30 km/hr. The ratio of times taken by the passenger train to completely cross the freight train
when : (i) they are moving in the same direction , and (ii) in the opposite direction is :
25 3 11 5
(1) (2) (3) (4)
11 2 5 2
Ans. [3]
Sol. Trains are moving in same direction
60 cm
80 km/h
30 km/h
120m
relative speed of passenger train = 50 km/h
180
T1 =
50
Train are moving in opposite direction
Relative speed of train = 110 km/h
180
T2 =
110
T1 110 11
 = = 
T2 50 5

Page 228
Q.11 A magnet of total magnetic moment 10–2 î A-m2 is placed in a time varying magnetic field, B î (cos t)
where B = 1 Tesla and  = 0.125 rad/s. The work done for reversing the direction of the magnetic moment at
t = 1 second, is -
(1) 0.014 J (2) 0.028 J (3) 0.01 J (4) 0.007 J
Ans. [1]
Sol. M = 10–2 î
B = 1 cos (0.125t) î
at t = 1 sec
B = 1 cos (0.125) î
 125  1
= cos   î = cos   î
 1000  8
=1
Wext = [–MB cos 180° – (–MB cos 0°)]
= MB + MB = 2MB
1
= 2 × 10–2 × cos   = 0.019
8
 
Q.12 Two electric dipoles, A, B with respective dipole moments d A  4 qaî and d B  2 qa î are placed on the
x-axis with a separation R, as shown in the figure. The distance from A at which both of them produce the
same potential is -
R
X
A B
2R R 2R R
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
Ans. [4]
4qa 2qa
Sol. X
A B
On the x axis in left of A potential due to A and B is positive. But potential due to A is higher than that of B,
between A & B sign of potential due to A & B is opposite. So potential can be same only in right of B on
x axis.
R
P
4qa 2qa X
k 2qa k 4qa
– =–
x2 (R  x ) 2
Rx
= 2
x
R+x= x 2
R
x=
2 1
NTA has given the answer (1) but answer should be (4).

Page 177
6k
=
m
6k
2f =
m
1 6k
f= 
2 m
Q.29 Two electric bulbs, rated at (25 W, 220 V) and (100 W, 220 V), are connected in series across a 220 V
voltage source. If the 25 W and 100 W bulbs draw powers P1 and P2 respectively, then :
(1) P1 = 4W, P2 = 16 W (2) P1 = 16W, P2 = 4 W
(3) P1 = 9W, P2 = 16 W (4) P1 = 16W, P2 = 9 W
Ans. [2]
Sol.
220 V 220 V
25 W 100 W
+ –
220 V
Voltage across 25 W bulb

100
V= × 220 = 176 volt
125
voltage across 100 W bulb
25
V= × 220 = 44 volt
125
(176) 2
P1 = × 25 = 16 W
( 220) 2
2
 44 
P2 =   × 100 = 4 W
 220 

Page 178
1 2
Q.30 A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit in a central potential field U(r) = kr . If Bohr 's
2
quantization conditions are applied, radii of possible orbitls and energy levels vary with quantum number n
as :
1
(1) rn  n , En  n (2) rn  n , En 
n
1
(3) rn  n, En  n (4) rn  n2, En 
n2
Ans. [1]
1 2
Sol. U= kr
2
dU 1
Centripetal force F = – = – k(2r) = –kr
dr 2
mV 2
F = kr =
r
mV2 = kr2
nh nh
mVr = V=
2 2( mr )
m (n 2 h 2 )
= kr2
4 2 m 2 r 2
r4n2  r n
Energy  r 2
E  r2
E  n

Page 231
Q.17 Using a nuclear counter the count rate of emitted particles from a radioactive source is measured. At t = 0 it
was 1600 counts per second and t = 8 seconds it was 100 counts per second. The count rate observed, as
counts per second, at t = 6 seconds is close to -
(1) 200 (2) 150 (3) 400 (4) 360
Ans. [1]
Sol. A0 = 1600 cps
at t = 8 second
1600
100 =
2n
2 = 16 = 24
n
8
n=4=
T1 / 2
T1/2 = 2 second
In t = 6 sec number of half life's = 3
1600
A= = 200 cps
23
Q.18 A uniform metallic wire has a resistance of 18  and is bent into an equilateral triangle. Then, the resistance
between any two vertices of the triangle is -
(1) 12  (2) 2  (3) 4  (4) 8 
Ans. [3]
Sol. A uniform wire resistance is 18. When it is bended into equilateral triangle then length of each side is same
18
and its resistance is = 6.
3
6 6 12
A 6 B A 6 B
12  6 72
ReqAB = = = 4
12  6 18
x
Q.19 An insulating thin rod of length l has a linear charge density (x) = 0 on it. The rod is rotated about an
l
axis passing through the origin (x = 0) and perpendicular to the rod. If the rod makes n rotations per second,
then the time averaged magnetic moment of the rod is -
 
(1) n l3 (2) n l3 (3) n l3 (4) n l3
3 4
Ans. [2]

Page 232
Sol.

++++++++++++++
x
dx
0 x
Charge of element = dq = dx = dx
l
dqvr
Magnetic moment of this charge element =
2
0 xdx x
dM = × x ×
l 2
0 x 3 dx
dM =
2l
 
0 x 3dx  3
M=  = 0  x dx
2l 2l
0 0
 l 4  l 3
= = 0 (Put  = 2n)
2l 4 8
2n 0 l 3 
= = n l3
8 4
Q.20 A plano convex lens of refractive index 1 and focal length ƒ1 is kept in contact with another plano concave
lens of refractive index 2 and focal length ƒ2. If the radius of curvature of their spherical faces is R each and
ƒ1 = 2ƒ2, then 1 and 2 are related as -
(1) 32 – 21 = 1 (2) 1 + 2 = 3 (3) 21 – 2 = 1 (4) 22 – 1 = 1
Ans. [3]
Sol. ƒ1 = 2ƒ2
1   1 1
= 1 
ƒ1  1  R ƒ2
1   1  1 
= 2    ƒ1
ƒ2  1   R 
R R
ƒ2 = – ; ƒ1 =
2  1 2  1
ƒ1 = 2ƒ2
R 2R
=
1  1 2  1
2 – 1 = 21 – 2
1 = 21 – 2

Page 233
Q.21 In an electron microscope, the resolution that can be achieved is of the order of the wavelength of electrons
used. To resolve a width of 7.5 × 10–12 m, the minimum electron energy required is close to -
(1) 25 keV (2) 500 keV (3) 100 keV (4) 1 keV
Ans. [1]
Sol.
O2
dmin
O1 v
f 1.22
a
v
d 1.22 v
=
f v a

d = 1.22
a
dmin is of order of wavelength of light = 7.5 × 10–12 = 0.075 Å
h
7.5 × 10–12 =
2mKE
12.26
0.075 =
KE
2
 12.26 
KE =  
 0.075 
= 25 keV
Q.22 A homogeneous solid cylindrical roller of radius R and mass M is pulled on a cricket pitch by a horizontal
force. Assuming rolling without slipping, angular acceleration of the cylinder is -
F 2F 3F F
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2mR 3mR 2mR 3mR
Ans. [2]
Sol.
A
abtA = IA
1 
F × R =  MR 2  MR 2  
 2 
2F
=
3mR
Note : In this question value of force and its point of application is not given so its answer can not be given.
We are giving its answer by assuming that F is applied at centre of cylinder.

Page 234
Q.23 A string of length 1 m and mass 5 g is fixed at both ends. The tension in the string is 8.0 N. The string is set
into vibration using an external vibrator of frequency 100 Hz. The separation between successive nodes on
the string is close to -
(1) 16.6 cm (2) 10.0 cm (3) 20.0 cm (4) 33.3 cm
Ans. [3]
T 8 8  103
Sol. Speed of wave = = = = 40 m/s
 5  10 3 5
1
v = F
40
 = metre
100
 20
Distance between two consecutive node = = metre = 20 cm
2 100
Q.24 A 2 W carbon resistor is color coded with green, black, red and brown respectively. The maximum current
which can be passed through this resistor is -
(1) 0.4 mA (2) 20 mA (3) 63 mA (4) 100 mA
Ans. [2]
Sol. From colour code table
G B R
R = 50 × 102 = 500 
Power = 2 watt
2 = i2R
2 = i2 × 5000
0 .4
= i2
1000
2
i= Amp = 20 mA
100
Q.25 If the magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by (the speed of light = 3 × 108 m/s)
  x 
B = 100 × 10–6 sin 2  2  1015  t   then the maximum electric field associated with it is -
  c 
4
(1) 4.5 × 10 N/C (2) 4 × 104 N/C (3) 6 × 104 N/C (4) 3 × 104 N/C
Ans. [4]
  x 
Sol. B = 100 × 10–6 sin 2  2  1015  t  
  c 
Maximum magnetic field = B0 = 100 × 10–6 Tesla
E0 = cB0
E0 = 3 × 108 × 100 × 10–6
= 3 × 104 N/C

Page 235
Q.26 In the given circuit the cells have zero internal resistance. The currents (in Amperes) passing through
resistance R1 and R2 respectively, are -
R1 20 R2 20
– + + –
10 V 10 V
(1) 0.5, 0 (2) 0, 1 (3) 1, 2 (4) 2, 2
Ans. [1]
Sol.
0
0 0
R1 20 R2 20
0 – + + – 0
10
10 V 10 V
Potential difference across R1 = 10 – 0 = 10 volt
10
i through R1 = = 0.5 Amp
20
Potential difference across R2 = 0 – 0 = 0 volt
i through R2 = 0
Q.27 Three Carnot engines operate in series between a heat source at a temperature T1 and a heat sink at
temperature T4 (see figure). There are two other reservoirs at temperature T2 and T3, as shown, with
T1 > T2 > T3 > T4. The three engines are equally efficient if -
T1
1
T2
2
T3
3
T4
(1) T2 = (T13 T4 )1 / 4 ; T3 = (T1T43 )1 / 4 (2) T2 = (T1T4 )1 / 2 ; T3 = (T12T4 )1 / 3
(3) T2 = (T1T42 )1 / 3 ; T3 = (T12T4 )1 / 3 (4) T2 = (T12T4 )1 / 3 ; T3 = (T1T42 )1 / 3
Ans. [4]

Page 236
Sol.
T2
Q1 T1 efficiency of carnot engines =  = 1 –
T1
w1 1
T2
Q2 T2 1 = 1 –
T1
2
T3
T3 2 = 1 –
T2
3
T4
T4 3 = 1 –
T3
As 1 = 2
T2 T
1– =1– 3
T1 T2
T2 = T1T3
As2 = 3
T3 T
1– =1– 4
T2 T3
T3 = T2 T4
As1 = 3
T2 T
1– = 1 – 4 Hence T2T3 = T1T4
T1 T3
T1T4 T12 T42

= T1T3  = T1T3
T3 T32
T3 = (T1T42 )1 / 3
(T1T42 )1 / 3 = (T2 T4 )1 / 2
T12 / 3 T44 / 3 = T2T4
T2 = (T12T4 )1 / 3

Page 237
Q.28 A potentiometer wire AB having length L and resistance 12 r is joined to a cell D of emf  and internal
resistance r. A cell C having emf /2 and internal resistance 3r is connected. The length AJ at which the
galvanometer as shown in figure shows no deflection is –
D , r
+ –
J
A B
+ – G
C
 ,3r
2
11 13 5 11
(1) L (2) L (3) L (4) L
12 24 12 24
Ans. [2]
1R
Sol. y = Potential gradient =
L
 12r
= =
12r  r L
12 
=
13 L
At balanced condition emf of cell = y
 12 
= ×
2 13 L
13
= L
24
Q.29 A charge Q is distributed over three concentric spherical shells of radii a, b, c (a < b < c) such that their
surface charge densities are equal to one another. The total potential at a point at distance r from their
common centre, where r < a, would be -
Q (a 2  b 2  c 2 ) Q
(1) (2)
40 (a 3  b3  c3 ) 40 (a  b  c)
Q ab  bc  ca Q(a  b  c )
(3) (4)
120 abc 40 (a 2  b2  c 2 )
Ans. [4]
Sol.
b
a
x
c y
z

Page 238
x+y+z=Q
x y z
2
= 2
= (surface charge density for all are same)
4a 4b 4c 2
x : y : z = a2 : b2 : c2
a 2Q b 2Q c 2Q
x= ; y = ; z =
a 2  b2  c2 a 2  b2  c2 a 2  b2  c2
kx ky kz
V at r < a =  
a b c
1  Qa Qb Qc 
=   2  2
2 2
4 0  a  b  c 2 2
a b c 2
a  b 2  c 2 
Q  abc 
=
4 0  a 2  b 2  c 2 
Q.30 A piece of wood of mass 0.03 kg is dropped from the top of a 100 m height building. At the same time, a
bullet of mass 0.02 kg is fired vertically upward, with a velocity 100 ms–1, from the ground. The bullet gets
embedded in the wood. Then the maximum height to which the combined system reaches above the top of
the building before falling below is - (g = 10 ms–2)
(1) 30 m (2) 40 m (3) 20 m (4) 10 m
Ans. [2]
Sol.
0.03 kg
100 m
100 m/s
0.02 kg
Bullet will collide with piece of wood at t = 1 second
at t = 1 second
Velocity of piece of wood = u = 0 + 10 × 1 = 10 m m/s
Velocity of bullet = v = 100 – 10 × 1 = 90 m/s
from momentum conservation (pi = pf)
pi = 90 × 0.02 – 0.03 × 10 = 1.8 – 0.3 = 1.5
pf = (0.03 + 0.02) vf = 0.05 vf
1 .5
 vf = = 30 m/s
0.05
30  30
Height from the point of collision H = = 45 m
2  10
1
At time of collision system is h distance below top of tower where h = × 10 × 12 = 5
2
 Height above tower = 45 – 5 = 40 metre

Page 239

Questions & Solution
PHYSICS
Q.1 In a communication system operating at wavelength 800 nm, only one percent of source frequency is
available as signal bandwidth. The number of channels accommodated for transmitting TV signals of band
width 6 MHz are (Take velocity of light c = 3 × 108 m/s, h = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s)
(1) 3.75 × 106 (2) 4.87 × 105 (3) 6.25 × 105 (4) 3.86 × 106
Ans. [3]
f
No. Of channels =
B.W
8
3 10 1
–9

n = 800  10 6 100
6 10
3  1017 10 100
n= 6 4
= = × 105
8  6  10  10 28 16
= 6.25 × 105.
Q.2 The magnetic field associated with a light wave is given, at the origin, by
B = B0 [sin(3.14 × 107)ct + sin(6.28 × 107)ct].
If this light falls on a silver plate having a work function of 4.7 eV, what will be the maximum kinetic energy
of the photo electrons?
(c = 3 × 108 ms–1, h = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s)
(1) 6.82 eV (2) 8.52 eV (3) 12.5 eV (4) 7.72 eV
Ans. [4]
Sol. B = B0 [sin(3.14 × 107)ct + sin(6.28 × 107)ct]
 = 4.7eV
hc
Kmax = –

= hf – 
6.6  10 –34  107 c
= –
1.6 10 –19
6.6  10 –27  3  108
Kmax = – 4.7 eV
1.6  10 –19
19.6
= – 4.7
1.6
= 12.25 – 4.70 = 7.55 eV

Page 182
Sol. Case-I
100 × SA × (100 – 90) = 50 × SB(90 – 75) … (1)
Case-II
100 ×SA(100 – ) = 50 × SB ( – 50) … (2)
( 2)
By
(1)
(100 – )  – 50
=
10 15
1500 – 15 = 10 – 500
2000 = 25
 = 80ºC
Q.8 An amplitude modulated signal is plotted below :
Which one of the following best describes the above signal ?

(1) (1 + 9sin (2× 104 t)) sin(2.5 × 105t) V
(2) (9 + sin (4 × 104 t)) sin(5 × 105t) V
(3) (9 + sin (2× 104 t)) sin(2.5 × 105t) V
(4) (9 + sin (2.5× 104 t)) sin(2 × 104t) V
Ans. [3]
2
Sol. s = –6
= 2 × 104 s–1
100  10
2
C = –6
= 2.5  × 105 s–1
8  10
Vmax = VC + Vs = 10
Vmin = VC – Vs = 8
Vc = 9 mV
Vs = 1 mV
Equation of AM wave
VAM = (VC + Vs sin st) sin Ct
= {9 + sin(2 × 104)t} sin (2.5  × 105 t) (in mV)

Page 241
T I f 1 0.8f
= 1 = = = 0.8
T1 I f f
I
= 0.64
I1
2
M(2L)2  M(2L) 2 L 
= 0.64   2m   
12  12  2  
ML2 ML2 ML2

= +
3  0.64 3 2
M M m
– =
1.92 3 2
1.08 m
M=
3  1.92 2
m 1.08  2 2.16
 = =  0.37
M 3 1.92 5.76
Q.5 A parallel plate capacitor with square plates is filled with four dielectrics of dielectric constants K1, K2, K3,
K4 arranged as shown in the figure. The effective dielectric constant K will be :
K1 K2 L/2
K3 K4 L/2
d/2d/2
(K1  K 2 )(K 2  K 4 ) (K1  K 2 )(K 2  K 4 )

(1) K = (2) K =
K1  K 2  K 3  K 4 2(K1  K 2  K 3  K 4 )
(K1  K 2 )(K 3  K 4 ) (K1  K 4 )(K 2  K 3 )
(3) K = (4) K =
K1  K 2  K 3  K 4 2(K1  K 2  K 3  K 4 )
Ans. [Bonus]
k1 k2 L/2 C1 C2

k3 k4 L/2 C3 C4
Sol.
d/2d/2
C1C 2 C 3C 4
Ceq. = +
C1  C 2 C3  C 4

Page 242
k1 0 A / 2 k1 0 A
C1 = =
d/2 d
k  A k  A k  A
Similarly C2 = 2 0 , C3 = 3 0 , C4 = 4 0
d d d
keq.
d
k eq. A
Ceq. =
d
k1 0 A k 2 0 A k 3 0 A k 4 0 A
 
Ceq. = d d + d d
k1 0 A k 2 0 A k 3 0 A k 4 0 A
 
d d d d
k1k 2  0 A k k
3 4 0 A
Ceq. = +
k1  k 2 d k3  k 4 d
k1k 2 k3k 4
Now, keq. = +
k1  k 2 k 3  k 4
Q.6 A carbon resistance has a following colour code. What is the value of the resistance?
G O Y Golden
(1) 5.3 M  5% (2) 530 k  5% (3) 64 k  10% (4) 6.4 M  5%
Ans. [2]
Sol. From colour coding table :-
R = 53 × 104   5%
Q.7 A series AC circuit containing an inductor (20 mH), a capacitor (120 F) and a resistor (60 ) is driven by
an AC source of 24 V/50 Hz. The energy dissipated in the circuit in 60 s is :
(1) 5.65 × 102 J (2) 2.26 × 103 J (3) 5.17 × 102 J (4) 3.39 × 103 J
Ans. [3]
20 mH 120 f 60 
Sol.
~
24V, 50 Hz
XL = 100  × 20 × 10–3
XL = 2 = 6.28 
1 250
XC = –6
=
100 120  10 3

Page 243
106 103
XC = =
12000 12
|XL – XC| = 20.25
Z= R 2  (X L – X C ) 2
Energy = I 2rms R × t
= 5.17 × 102 J
Q.8 A force acts on a 2 kg object so that its position is given as a function of time as x = 3t2 + 5. What is the work
done by this force in first 5 seconds?
(1) 950 J (2) 900 J (3) 875 J (4) 850 J
Ans. [2]
Sol. x = 3t2 + 5
dx
V= = 6t
dt
at t = 0, u = 0
at t = 5, v = 30 m/s
1
W = K = × 2 (30)2 = 900 J
2
Option (2) is correct.
Q.9 One of the two identical conducting wires of length L is bent in the form of a circular loop and the other one
into a circular coil of N identical turns. If the same current is passed in both, the ratio of the magnetic field at
BL
the central of the loop (BL), i.e. will be :
BC
1 1
(1) (2) N (3) N2 (4)
N N2
Ans. [4]
Sol.
r
R
2R = L N2 r = L
L L
R= r=
2 N  2
 I  2   NIN2
BL = 0 BC = 0
2L 2L
0 I2
BL 2L 1
= 2
= 2
BC  0 N I  2 N
2L

Page 185
Q.14 A pendulum is executing simple harmonic motion and its maximum kinetic energy is K1. If the length of the
pendulum is doubled and it performs simple harmonic motion with the same amplitude as in the first case, its
maximum kinetic energy is K2. Then :
K1 K1
(1) K 2  (2) K2 = 2K1 (3) K2 = K1 (4) K 2 
2 4
Ans. [2]
1
Sol. Maximum kinetic energy = m2 A 2
2
g
=

A = L
1 g 2 2 1 2
KE = m   × L  = mgL
2 
  2
1
K1 = mgL12
2
if length is doubled
1
K2 = mg (2L)22 (here we assuming angular amplitude is same)
2
 mg22
1
mgL 22
K1 2 1
= = (1 = 2)
K2 1 2
mg ( 2L)22
2
K2 = 2K1
Q.15 The mass and the diameter of a planet are three times the respective values for the Earth. The period of
oscillation of simple pendulum on the Earth is 2 s. The period of oscillation of the same pendulum on the
planet would be :
3 3 2
(1) s (2) s (3) s (4) 2 3 s
2 2 3
Ans. [4]
Gm
Sol. g=
R2
2
gp Rmp 
  e   3 1  1
ge m e  R p 
 9 3

T  2
g
Tp ge
  3
Te gp

Page 187
T = 36.4 C
6 .4
% rise in temp   100%  21%
30
Approx. 20%
Q.19 In the experimental set up of metre bridge shown in the figure, the null point is obtained at a distance of 40
cm from A. If a 10  resistor is connected in series with R1, the null point shifts by 10 cm. The resistance
that should be connected in parallel with (R1 + 10)  such that the null point shifts back to its initial position
is :
R1 R2
G
A B
( )
(1) 40  (2) 30  (3) 20  (4) 60 
Ans. [4]
Sol.
R1 R2
40 cm
 ( R 1  10) R 
 
R 1 40 2
   R1  10  R   2
R 2 60 3 R2 3
 30R 
 
R1  10 50  30  R   2
 =1
R2 50 30 3
30R
R1 + 10 = R2 = 20
30  R
3
R1 + 10 = R1 30R = 600 + 20R
2
R1 = 20 10R = 600
R2 = 30 R = 60
Q.20 A particle of mass m is moving in a straight line with momentum p. Starting at time t = 0, a force F = kt acts
in the same direction on the moving particle during time interval T so that its momentum changes from p to
3p. Here k is a constant. The value of T is :
k p 2p 2k
(1) 2 (2) 2 (3) (4)
p k 2 p

Page 189
 A  m 
sin 
n=  2 
A
sin  
2
 60   m 
sin  
 2 
3
 60 
sin  
 2
3  60   m 
 sin 
2  2 
 60   m 
60 =  
 2 
m = 60°
60   m
i= = 60°
2
Q.23 In a hydrogen like atom, when an electron jumps from the M-shell to the L-shell, the wavelength of emitted
radiation is . If an electron jumps from N-shell to the L-shell, the wavelength of emitted radiation will be:
25 27 16 20
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 
16 20 25 27
Ans. [4]
Sol. from M orbit to L orbit
hc 1 1
= (13.6 eV) z2    .........(i)
1 4 9
From N orbit to L orbit
hc 1 1 
= (13.6 eV) z2    .........(ii)
2  4 16 
diving (i) by (ii)
2 5 64 20
  
1 36 12 27
20
2  1
27
Q.24 A galvanometer having a resistance of 20  and 30 divisions on both sides has figure of merit 0.005
ampere/division. The resistance that should be connected in series such that it can be used as a voltmeter upto
15 volt, is:
(1) 120  (2) 125  (3) 80  (4) 100 
Ans. [3]
Sol. Full deflection current
ig = nk

Page 190
= 30 × 0.005
15 = 0.005 × 30 × 20 + 30 × 0.005 × R
R = 80 
Q.25 A particle of mass m and charge q is in an electric and magnetic field given by
 
E  2î  3 ĵ ; B  4ˆj  6k̂.
The charged particle is shifted from he origin to the point P(x = 1; y = 1) along a straight path. The
magnitude of the total work done is :
(1) (2.5) q (2) (0.35) q (3) (0.15) q (4) 5q
Ans. [4]
Sol. Work done by magnetic force = 0
work done by electric force = [(2×1) + (3×1)]q
= 5q
Q.26    
A particle moves from the point 2.0î  4.0 ĵ m, at t = 0, with an initial velocity 5.0î  4.0ˆj ms–1. It is acted
 
upon by a constant force which produces a constant acceleration 4.0î  4.0 ĵ ms–2. What is the distance of
the particle from the origin at time 2 s?
(1) 15 m (2) 20 2 m (3) 10 2 m (4) 5 m
Ans. [2]
1 2
Sol. r2 – r1 = ut + at
2
1 2
r2 = r1 + ut + at
2
1
= ( 2î  4ˆj)  (5î  4 ĵ)  2  ( 4î  4ˆj) 22
2
 2 î  4ˆj  10î  8 ĵ  8î  8ˆj
 20î  20ˆj
| r 2 | 20 2
Q.27 If speed (V), acceleration (A) and force (F) are considered as fundamental units, the dimension of Young,s
modulus will be:
(1) V–2A2F2 (2) V–4A–2F (3) V–4A2F (4) V–2A2F–2
Ans. [3]
Sol. Y = K vx Fy Az ; K is dimension less constant
ML–1T–2 = [LT–1]x [MLT–2] y [LT–2]z
ML–1T–2 = Lx + y + z T–x –2y –2z My
y =1; x + y + z = –1; x + z = –2
and –x –2y –2z = –2
–x –2z = 0; x + 2z = 0;

Page 191
so x = – 4, y = 1, z = 2
–4 2
Y=V AF
Q.28 A copper wire is wound on a wooden frame, whose shape is that of an equilateral triangle. If the linear
dimension of each side of the frame is increased by a factor of 3, keeping the number of turns of the coil per
unit length of the frame the same, then the self inductance of the coil:
(1) decreases by a factor of 9 3 (2) increases by a factor of 27
(3) decreases by a factor of 9 (4) increases by a factor of 3
Ans. [2]
Sol.

N 2 A
L=

N
= constant

N  
L  A
3 2
L  a2 A= a
4
All dimesions becomes 3 times
Hence L become 27 times
Q.29 The magnitude of torque on a particle of mass 1 kg is 2.5 Nm about the origin. If the force acting on it is 1 N,
and the distance of the particle from the origin is 5m, the angle between the force and the position vector is
(in radians) :
   
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 6 4 3
Ans. [2]
  
Sol.   r F
= rF sin
2.5 = 5 × 1 × sin



Page 192
Q.30 In a process, temperature and volume of one mole of an ideal monoatomic gas are varied according to the
relation VT = K, where K is a constant. In this process the temperature of the gas is increased by T. The
amount of heat absorbed by gas is (R is gas constant) :
1 1 3 2K
(1) KRT (2) RT (3) RT (4) T
2 2 2 3
Ans. [2]
Sol. VT = K
From ideal gas equation PV = nRT
PV2 = constant
P1 V1 – P2 V2
For polytropic W =
x 1
nR (T1  T2 )
W
x 1
nR ( T)
W= = –nRT
2 1
Q = U + W
3
= RT – nRT
2
1
Q = RT
2

Page 193

PHYSICS
Q.1 The variation of refractive index of a crown glass thin prism with wavelength of the incident light is shown.
Which of the following graphs is the correct one, if Dm is the angle of minimum deviation?
1.535
n2
1.530
1.525
1.520
1.515
1.510  (nm)
400 500 600 700
Dm Dm
(1) (2)
 (nm)  (nm)
400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Dm Dm
(3) (4)
 (nm)  (nm)
400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700
Ans. [1]
Sol. Dm  ( – 1) A
as increases  decreases and hence deviation (Dm) also decreases
t
Q.2 A particle undergoing simple harmonic motion has time dependent displacement given by x(t) = Asin .
90
The ratio of kinetic to potential energy of this particle at t = 210 s will be:
1
(1) (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 1
9
Ans. [Bonus]

Page 251
mV
Sol. R=
qB
(qVB) = qE
E
V=
B
mE
R=
qB2
qRB2 1.6 10 –19  0.5  10 –2  0.25
m= =
E 100
= 2 × 10–24 kg
Q.27 A rod of length 50 cm is pivoted at one end. It is raised such that if makes an angle of 30º from the horizontal
as shown and released from rest. Its angular speed when it passes through the horizontal (in rad s–1) will be
(g = 10 ms–2)
30º
30 20 30
(1) (2) (3) (4) 30
2 3 2
Ans. [4]
Sol.
30º
L 1
mg sin30º = I2
2 2
mgL 1 1 2 2
= × mL 
4 2 3
3g
2 =
2L
= 30 rad/s

Page 252
Q.28 The energy associated with electric field is (UE) and with magnetic field is (UB) for an electromagnetic wave
in free space. Then :
UB
(1) UE < UB (2) UE = (3) UE = UB (4) UE > UB
2
Ans. [3]
1 2
Sol. Energy density in electric field UE = 0E
2
1 B2
Energy density in magnetic field UB =
2 0
U E  0 0 E 2 C 2
= = 2 =1
UB B2 C
1 E
C= and =C
0 0 B
Q.29 Two point charges q1( 10 C) and q2(–25 C) are placed on the x-axis at x = 1 m and x = 4 m respectively.
1
The electric field (in V/m) at a point y = 3 m on y-axis is, [take = 9 × 109 Nm2C–2]
4 0
(1) (–81 î + 81 ĵ ) × 102 (2) (81 î – 81 ĵ ) × 102 (3) (63 î – 27 ĵ ) × 102 (4) (–63 î + 27 ĵ ) × 102
Ans. [3]
E1
(0, 3)
Sol. E2
10 C –25 C
x=1 x=4
Electric field due to 10 C charge

E1 

10
3
10 C
1
k  10  10 –6 9  103
|E1| = =
10 10

E1 = E1sin i + E1cosj

Page 216
For this carrier wave should be taken in such a way that.
LSB, RSB, fc do not overlap with previous frequencies.
 fc = 2000
as LSB = 1750 kHz
RSB = 2250 kHz
NTA has given answer (1) but answer should be (4).
Q.18 The electric field of a plane polarized electromagnetic wave in free space at time t = 0 is given by an
 
expression E ( x, y)  10 ĵ cos [(6x  8z )] . The magnetic field B ( x, z, t ) is given by – (c is the velocity of light)
1 1
(1) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )] (2) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )]
c c
1 1
(3) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )] (4) (6k̂  8î ) cos [(6x  8z  10ct )]
c c
Ans. [2]
Sol. E = 10 ˆj cos(6x + 8z)

Phase angle of E at t = 0 is 6x + 8z.
As E and B oscillate in same phase  at t = 0
Phase angle of B must be 6x + 8z
6 ĵ  8k̂
Direction of wave propagation =
36  64
6ˆj  8k̂
=
10
 
 EB
ˆ
Let B = a î  bj  dk̂ and unit vector in direction of propagation of EM wave is  
| E || B |
 
EB 6î  8k̂
  =
| E || B | 10
10 d î  k̂ (–10a ) 6 î  8k̂
=
10  a  b  a 2 2 2 10
 E 10
|B| = =
c c
[10 d î  10ak̂ ] 6î  8k̂
c =
10  10 10
c| d î  a k̂ | = 6 î  8 k̂
6
d=
c
8  8 6
a=   B =  î  k̂
c c c
6k̂  8î
B = cos(6x + 8z – 10ct)
c

Page 254

PHYSICS
Q.1 A Mixture of 2 moles of helium gas (atomic mass = 4u), and 1 mole of argon gas (atomic mass = 40u) is kept
 Vrms (helium) 
at 300 K in a container. The ratio of their rms speeds   , is close to :
 Vrms (arg on) 
(1) 0.32 (2) 3.16 (3) 2.24 (4) 0.45
Ans. [2]
3RT
Sol.  Vrms =
M
for same temperature
1
Vrms 
M
Vrms (He) 40
 = = 10 = 3.16
Vrms (Ar) 4
Q.2 Two coherent sources produce waves of different intensities which interfere. After interference, the ratio of
the maximum intensity to the minimum intensity is 16. The intensity of the waves are in the ratio :
(1) 25 : 9 (2) 4 : 1 (3) 5 : 3 (4) 16 : 9
Ans. [1]
2
Imax.  I1  I2 
Sol. =  = 16 = 42
Imin.  I1 – I2 

I1  I 2
 =4
I1 – I 2
I1 + I2 = 4 I1 – 4 I 2
 5 I2 = 3 I1
I1 25
=
I2 9

Page 255
Q.3 A sample of radioactive material A, that has an activity of 10 mCi(1 Ci = 3.7 × 1010 decays/s), has twice the
number of nuclei as another sample of different radioactive material B which has an activity of 20 mCi. The
correct choices for half-lives of A and B would then be respectively :
(1) 10 days and 40 days (2) 20 days and 10 days (3) 5 days and 10 dyas (4) 20 days and 5 days
Ans. [4]
Sol.  A = N
10 = A(2N0) ; 20 = BN0

1 A
= =
1
2
  B
4 B 1   2 A
Ratio of half life for A and B is 4 : 1
So, option (4) is correct.
Q.4 Temperature difference of 120ºC is maintained between two ends of a uniform rod AB of length 2L. Another
3L
bent rod PQ, of same cross-section as AB and length , is connected across AB (See figure). In steady
2
state, temperature difference between P and Q will be close to :
L
4
A B
L P L Q
2
(1) 45 ºC (2) 75 ºC (3) 35 ºC (4) 60 ºC
Ans. [1]
L
4
Sol. A B
L P L Q L/2
2
TA – TB = 120 ºC
TP – TQ = ?
1 L
 Rth =
K A
1 L
Rth =   = R (Let us say)
KA  4 
4R
R R
A 2R P 4R Q 2R B
(Req.)AB = 6.4 R
120 6R 120R 72
ith = ; VPQ =  = = 45 ºC
6.4R 10R 6.4R 6.4R

Page 256
Q.5 A convex lens is put 10 cm from a light source and it makes a sharp image on a screen, kept 10 cm from the
lens. Now a glass block (refractive index 1.5) of 1.5 cm thickness is placed in contact with the light source.
To get the sharp image again, the screen is shifted by a distance d. Then d is :
(1) 0.55 cm towards the lens (2) 0
(3) 0.55 cm away from the lens (4) 1.1 cm away from the lens
Ans. [3]
10cm
Sol. O Screen
10cm
U = – 10
V = 10
 f = 5 cm
O Screen
 = 1.5 V
cm
t = 1.5
cm
 1
Shift due to slab = t  1 – 
 
 1 
= 1.5  1– 
 1.5 
1
= 1.5 × = 0.5 cm
3
Now for lens
u = – 9.5 cm
f = 5 cm
1 1 1
– =
v u f
1 1 1
– =
v –9.5 5
1 1 1
= –
v 5 9.5
5  9.5
v=
4.5
95
v= cm
9
v = 10.55 cm
So, screen is shifted away from lens by 0.55 cm.
Q.6 For a uniformly charged ring of radius R, the electric field on its axis has the largest magnitude at a distance
h from its centre. Then value of h is :
R R
(1) R 2 (2) R (3) (4)
5 2

Page 223

PHYSICS
Q.1 Two guns A and B can fire bullets at speeds 1 km/s and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a horizontal
ground, they are fired in all possible directions. The ratio of maximum areas covered by the bullets fired by
the two guns, on the ground is -
(1) 1 : 16 (2) 1 : 8 (3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 4
Ans. [1]
Sol.

R
Area covered = R2

When R is maximum area covered is also maximum
u 2 sin 2
R=
g
u2
Rmax = ( = 45°)
g
Area covered  u4
4
1 1
Ratio =   =
2 16
Q.2 A heat source at T = 103 K is connected to another heat reservoir at T = 102 K by a copper slab which is 1 m
thick. Given that the thermal conductivity of copper is 0.1 WK–1 m–1, the energy flux through it in the steady
state is -
(1) 200 Wm–2 (2) 65 Wm–2 (3) 120 Wm–2 (4) 90 Wm–2
Ans. [4]
kAT
Sol. Heat current H =
L
H kT 0.1(900)
Heat flux = = = = 90 Wm–2
A L 1

Page 258
Q.9 A gas can be taken from A to B via two different processes ACB and ADB.
P C B
A D
V
When path ACB is used 60 J of heat flows into the system and 30 J of work is done by the system. If path
ADB is used work done by the system is 10 J. The heat Flow into the system in path ADB is :
(1) 40 J (2) 20 J (3) 100 J (4) 80 J
Ans. [1]
P C B
Sol.
A D
V
For Path ACB
Q = 60 J
W = 30 J
Q=U+W
 U = 30 J
Now, UACB = UADB = 30 J
For Path ADB :-
U = 30 J
W = 10 J
 Q = U + W = 40 J
Q.10 A parallel plate capacitor is made of two square plates of side 'a', separated by a distance d(d << a). The
lower triangular portion is filled with a dielectric of dielectric constant K, as shown in the figure. Capacitance
of this capacitor is :
d
K
K 0 a 2 K 0 a 2
(1) (2) ln K
2d(K  1) d(K –1)
K 0 a 2 1 K 0 a 2
(3) ln K (4)
d 2 d

Page 259
Ans. [2]
Sol. a
C1
d
C2 k
y
dx
y d
=
x a
d
y= x
a
 adx K0 adx
C1 = 0 ; C2 =
d–y y
C1C 2 K0 adx
Ceq = =
C1  C 2 Kd  (1– K)y
a
K0 adx K0 a 2 ln K
0 dx
=
d(K – 1)
Kd  (1 – K)
a
Q.11 Surface of certain metal is first illuminated with light of wavelength 1 = 350 nm and then, by light of
wavelength 2 = 540 nm. It is found that the maximum speed of the photo electrons in the two cases differ by
1240
a factor of 2. The work function of the metal (in eV) is close to : (Energy of photon = eV)
 (in nm)
(1) 5.6 (2) 2.5 (3) 1.8 (4) 1.4
Ans. [3]
V1 2
Sol. =
V2 1
k1 4
=
k2 1
1240
k1 = – W = 3.54 – W
350
1240
k2 = – W = 2.3 – W
540
k1 3.5u – W 4
= =
k2 2.3 – W 1
3.54 – W = 9.2 – uW
3W = 5.66
W ~– 1.8 eV
Option (3)

Page 260
Q.12 An infinitely long current carrying wire and a small current carrying loop are in the plane of the paper as
shown. The radius of the loop is a and distance of its centre from the wire is d (d >> a). If the loop applies a
force F on the wire then :
2
 a2  a a
(1) F   3  (2) F    (3) F = 0 (4) F   
d  d d
Ans. [4]
f
x
i1 i2 a
B
Sol.
x
work done by magnetic force = fdx

fdx = – dU
dU
f=–
dx
 
U=– M B
I2  a 2  0 I1
U=– cos 0º
2x
2
dU  0 I1I 2 a  1 
=  2
dx 2 x 
 0 I1I 2 a 2
f= (put x = d)
2d 2
a2
f
d2
Q.13 A heavy ball of mass M is suspended from the ceiling of a car by a light string of mass m (m<<M). When the
car is at rest, the speed of transverse waves in the string is 60 ms–1. When the car has acceleration a, the
wave-speed increases to 60.5 ms–1. The value of a, in terms of gravitational acceleration g, is closest to :
g g g g
(1) (2) (3) (4)
20 5 10 30

Page 261
Ans. [2]
Mg
Sol. V=

V 1 g
=
V 2 g
0.5
=
1  a 2  g2 – g 
60 2 g
1 1 a2
=1+ – 1
60 2 g2
1 a2
=
60 2g 2
g2
 a2 =
30
g g
a= ~
–
30 5
Q.14 When the switch S, in circuit shown, is closed, then the value of current i will be :
20 V i1 C i2
10 V
A 2 4 B
i
2
V=0
(1) 4 A (2) 5 A (3) 3 A (4) 2 A
Ans. [2]
2 V 4
20 V 10 V
Sol. 2
V – 20 V V –10
+ + =0
2 2 4
2V – 40 + 2V + V – 10 = 0
5V = 50
V = 10V
V
I= = 5A
2

Page 262
Q.15 A current loop, having two circular arcs joined by two radial lines is shown in the figure. It carries a current
of 10 A. The magnetic field at point O will be close to :
O
Q R
P S
i = 10A
(1) 1.5 × 10–5 T (2) 1.0 × 10–5 T (3) 1.5 × 10–7 T (4) 1.0 × 10–7 T
Ans. [2]
O
45º 3 cm
Q R
Sol.
P S
i = 10A
B due to wire QR : -
1 10
0 ×
8 2  (3 cm)
B due to wire PS :-
1 10
0   ×
8 2(5 cm)
 0 10  1 1 
Bnet =  –2
– 
8 2  3  10 5 10 –2 
4 10 –7  10 2
= –2
× T
16 10 15
 10 –4
= T
30
3.14
= × 10–4 T
30
–5
~
– 10 T

Page 263
Q.16 Mobility of electrons in a semiconductor is defined as the ratio of their drift velocity to the applied electric
field. If, for an n-type semiconductor, the density of electrons is 1019 m–3 and their mobility is 1.6 m2/(V.s)
then the resistivity of the semiconductor (since it is an n-type semiconductor contribution of holes is
ignored) is close to :
(1) 0.4 m (2) 2 m (3) 4 m (4) 0.2 m
Ans. [1]
Vd
Sol. =
E
I = n e A Vd
I
=
neAE
I I
= =
neA(E) neAV
I
=
neAI  R
A 1
= =
neA ne
1 1
= = 19
ne 10  1.6  10–19 1.6
1
= ~
– 0.4 m
1.6  1.6
Q.17 Consider a tank made of glass (refractive index 1.5) with a thick bottom. It is filled with a liquid of refractive
index . A student finds that, irrespective of what the incident angle i (see figure) is for a beam of light
entering the liquid, the light reflected from the liquid glass interface is never completely polarized. For this to
happen, the minimum value of  is :
i
n = 1.5
5 4 5 3
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 3 3 5
Ans. [4]
1.5 1
Sol. tan  = ; Sin =
 
1 3
=
 –12 2
42 = 9(2 – 1)
52 = 9
3
=
5

Page 264
Q.18 If the angular momentum of a planet of mass m, moving around the Sun in a circular orbit is L, about the
center of the Sun, its areal velocity is :
L L 4L 2L
(1) (2) (3) (4)
m 2m m m
Ans. [2]
dA L
Sol. =
dt 2m
Option (2)
Q.19 A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a rough inclined plane as shown in the figure. A force of 3 N is applied on
the block. The coefficient of static friction between the plane and the block is 0.6. What should be the
minimum value of force P, such that the block doesnot move downward?
45º
(1) 32 N (2) 25 N (3) 23 N (4) 18 N

Ans. [1]
Sol.
45º
P + fr = 3 + mg sin 45º
100 100
P=3+ – 0.6
2 2
40
P=3+
2
~
– 32 N
Q.20 A rod, of length L at room temperature and uniform area of cross section A, is made of a metal having
coefficient of linear expansion /ºC. It is observed that an external compressive force F, is applied on each
of its ends, prevents any change in the length of the rod, when its temperature rises by TK. Young's
modulus, Y, for this metal is :
F F 2F F
(1) (2) (3) (4)
AT 2AT AT A(T – 273)

Page 265
Ans. [1]
F L
Sol. =Y
A L
F
= Y  T
A
F
Y=
AT
  
Q.21 A particle is moving with a velocity v = K(y i + x j ), where K is a constant. The general equation for its
path is :
(1) y = x2 + constant (2) y2 = x2 + constant (3) y2 = x + constant (4) xy = constant
Ans. [2]
dx
Sol. =y
dt
dy
=x
dt
dx y
=
dy x
xdx = ydy
y2 = x2 + C
Q.22 A conducting circular loop made of a thin wire, has area 3.5 × 10–3m2 and resistance 10. It is placed
perpendicular to a time dependent magnetic field B(t) = (0.4T)sin(50t). The field is uniform in space. Then
the net charge flowing through the loop during t = 0 s and t = 0 ms is close to :
(1) 6 mC (2) 14 mC (3) 7 mC (4) 21 mC
Ans. [Bonus]

Sol. q =
R
B = 0.4 sin 50 t
 = BA = (0.4 sin 50 t) 3.5 × 10–3
= 1.4 × 10–3 sin 50 t
At t = 0 ;  = 0
At t = 10 × 10–3 s
 = 1.4 × 10–3 sin (50   10–2)
= 1.4 × 10–3
1.4 10 –3
 q = = 0.14 × 10–3
10
= 0.14 mC.

Page 266
Q.23 An L-shaped object, made of thin rods of uniform mass density, is suspended with a string as shown in
figure. If AB = BC, and the angle made by AB with downward vertical is , then :

Z
B 90º
X
1 1 2 1
(1) tan = (2) tan = (3) tan = (4) tan =
3 2 3 2 3
Ans. [1]
d1 d2

Sol. mg

mg
a
mg d1 = mgd2
2
a a
mg sin  = mg( cos – asin)
2 2
sin  cos 
= – sin
2 2
3 cos 
sin =
2 2
1
tan =
3
Q.24 A copper wire is stretched to make it 0.5% longer. The percentage change in its electrical resistance if its
volume remains unchanged is :
(1) 0.5 % (2) 2.5 %
(3) 2.0 % (4) 1.0 %

Page 267
Ans. [4]

Sol. R=
A
A = constant
A 
+ =0
A 

100 × = 0.5 %

A
× 100 = – 0.5%
A
R  A
 = –
R  A
R
So, × 100
R
= 0.5 – (–0.5)
=1%
option (4)
Q.25 Three charges +Q, q, +Q are placed respectively, at distance, 0, d/2 and d from the origin, on the x-axis. If
the net force experienced by +Q, placed at x = 0, is zero, then value of q is :
(1) +Q/2 (2) –Q/4 (3) +Q/4 (4) –Q/2
Ans. [2]
d/2 d/2
Sol.
Q q Q
kQq kQ2
2
=
d d2
 
 2
Q d2
q=
4 d2
Q
q=–
4
Q.26 A bar magnet is demagnetized by inserting it inside a solenoid of length 0.2 m, 100 turns, and carrying a
current of 5.2 A. The coercivity of the bar magnet is :
(1) 2600 A/m (2) 1200 A/m (3) 520 A/m (4) 285 A/m

Page 268
Ans. [1]
Sol. B = 0ni
100
= 0 × 5.2 = 0H
0.2
H = 2600 A/m
Q.27 A resistance is shown in the figure. Its value and tolerance are given respectively by :
RED ORANGE
VIOLET SILVER
(1) 270 , 10 % (2) 270 , 5 % (3) 27 k, 10 % (4) 27 k, 20 %
Ans. [3]
Sol. From colour code table
R = 27 × 103  10%
R = 27 k  10%
Q.28 A block of mass m, lying on a smooth horizontal surface, is attached to a spring (of negligible mass) of
spring constant k. The other end of the spring is fixed, as shown in the figure. The block is initally at rest in
its equilibrium position. If now the block is pulled with a constant force F, the maximum speed of the block
is
m F
2F F F F
(1) (2) (3) (4)
mk mk  mk mk
Ans. [4]
k
Sol. m F
For maximum speed F = kx

f
x=
k
1 1
Fx = kx2 + mV2
2 2

Page 269
F2 1 kF2 1
= 2
+ mV2
k 2 k 2
F2 mV 2
=
2k 2
F
V=
mk
m
Q.29 Two masses m and are connected at the two ends of a massless rigid rod of length . The rod is
2
suspended by a thin wire of torsional constant k at the centre of mass of the rod-mass system (see figure).
Because of torsional constant k, the restoring torque is  = k for angular displacement . If the rod is rotated
by 0 and released, the tension in it when it passes through its mean position will be :

m
m/2
2
2k0 k0 2 3k02 k0 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
   2
Ans. [2]
Sol. m/2 m
2 
3 3
1 2 1 2  2
k0 = I
2 2
1 2 1  m 2 m 4 2  2
k 0 =   
2 2 9 2 9 
2 3k2
 = m
m 2
 3k2  k02
T = m2 =m  =
3 m 2 3 

Page 270
Q.30 Three blocks A, B and C are lying on a smooth horizontal surface, as shown in the figure. A and B have
equal masses, m while C has mass M. Block A is given an initial speed v towards B due to which it collides
5
with B perfectly inelastically th of the initial kinetic energy is lost in whole process. What is value of
6
M/m?
A B C
m m M
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 5 (4) 4
Ans. [4]
P2 P2 5 P2
Sol. – =
2m 2(2m  M) 6 2m
1 1 5
– =
m (2m  M) 6m
2m  M – m 5
=
m(2m  M) 6m
6(m + M) = 5(2m + M)
6m + 6M = 10m + 5M
4m = M
m 1
=
M 4
M
 =4
m

Jee Physics-2019 Extractor PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Jee Physics-2019 Extractor PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CONTENTS

SI NAME OF THE EXAM DATE OF EXAM SHIFT PAGE NO.

JEE Advanced Exam 2019

(1) 0.8 cm < (H2 – H1) < 0.9 cm (2) H3 > H1

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

ETangential at all points on circle should be zero to make potential to be constant

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

SECTION – 2 (Maximum Marks : 18)

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Sol. 4.44 MeV

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

JEE Advanced Exam 2019

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Q.2 In a radioactive sample, 40

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Small element of area 'da' is removed charge on element dq = da

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

SECTION – 2 (Maximum Marks : 32)

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Q.2 In a radioactive sample, 40

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

If  = 0, e = B0V0L[2] = 2B0V0L

If x = y, still length of projection is L

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Which of the statement(s) is/are correct ?

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

JEE Main Online Exam 2019

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

Beside Canara Bank,Near MR Palli Police Station,Annamaiah Circle,Tirupati.Cell:9440517000

(1) 2.25 cm (2) 12.87 cm (3) 1.22 cm (4) 11.65 cm

2  9.1  10 –31  100  1.6  10 –19